JP2019180433A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of allowing suitably a game ball to enter a ball entry port.SOLUTION: A startup winning device 1001 has a constitution in which a rolling surface 1001C is provided rotatably in the state of surrounding the outside of winning holes 1001A, 1001B, and the rolling surface 1001C is provided with a through hole 1022 rotatably to the same direction side as the rolling surface 1001C, and in the state where a game ball supported by the rolling surface 1001C is moved along the rolling surface 1001C, a behavior of the game ball can be generated, for approaching the through hole 1022 or for approaching the winning holes 1001A, 1001B, by a difference from travel speed of the through hole 1022.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 28

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine represented by a ball game machine.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable part provided at the entrance (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2008-161638 A

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is a possibility that there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a winning opening such as a start opening or a big winning opening is suitably arranged so that a gaming ball can enter.

  Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a game ball to enter the entrance.

In order to solve the above problems, a gaming machine according to the present invention is:
A rolling surface that supports a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entry portion from below and rolls the game ball so as to be movable within a predetermined range when viewed from above.
A predetermined entrance where a game ball that rolls while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface can enter,
A gaming machine provided so as to be rotatable in a state in which the rolling surface surrounds the outside of the predetermined entrance,
The predetermined entry portion is provided in a direction in which at least a part of a game ball that has entered the predetermined entry portion can rotate in a predetermined direction along the rotation direction of the rolling surface on the rolling surface. And
The rolling surface is provided with a discharge part capable of guiding the game ball from the rolling surface to a direction different from the predetermined entrance,
The discharge portion is configured to be rotatable in the same direction as the rolling surface.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a game ball to enter the entrance.

Front side perspective view of a pachinko machine as an example of a gaming machine Perspective view showing pachinko machine in open state Perspective view showing the pachinko machine in another open state A perspective view showing the pachinko machine in yet another open state Front view of pachinko machine Front view of the pachinko machine with the front block removed Front view of game board Rear perspective view of pachinko machine Rear view of pachinko machine Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine Flow chart showing an example of main control main processing Flow chart showing an example of main control interrupt processing (A) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting device viewed from the front, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting device viewed from the right side, and (c) is a top view of two guide plates arranged in the front-rear direction. (D) is sectional drawing of the guide plate in the AA line of FIG.13 (c). (A) is a front view of a lower structure, (b) is a top view of a sorting apparatus. Schematic diagram explaining the sorting result by the sorting device Front view of game board in pachinko machine of second embodiment (A) is an enlarged view of the area A1 in FIG. 16, (b) is a cross-sectional view of each part shown in FIG. 17 (a) cut behind the surface part of the distribution passage part, (c) Sectional drawing of the game board in CC line of 17 (a) (A) is an enlarged view of region A2 in FIG. 16, (b) is a cross-sectional view of each part shown in FIG. 18 (a) cut behind the surface part of the ball guide part Perspective cross section near the ball guide (A) is an enlarged view of a region A3 in FIG. 16, and (b) is a top view of a region where a protrusion is formed. The enlarged view of the upper right side part of the pachinko machine 100 in the modification of 2nd Embodiment Front view of game board in pachinko machine of third embodiment A perspective view of the game board viewed from the upper right side A perspective view of the game board viewed from the upper right side A perspective view of a game board cut horizontally in a position above the stage Schematic diagram for explaining a modification of the sorting apparatus Front view of game board in pachinko machine of fourth embodiment Perspective view of game board Top view partially showing the vicinity of the start winning device of the fourth embodiment (A) is a perspective view which shows an example when a movable part is an approach prohibition attitude | position in a start winning apparatus, (b) is a perspective view which shows an example when a movable part is an approach permission attitude | position. Disassembled perspective view of the start winning device FIG. 29 is a sectional view of the start winning device cut along line DD in FIG. (A) is a top view showing an example of a rolling mode of a game ball that has entered the rolling surface from the left side entry portion in the start winning device, and (b) is a rolling mode of the game ball that has entered from the right side entry portion. Top view schematically showing an example (A) is an enlarged view of a region A4 in FIG. 32 for explaining the correlation between the stop portion of the start winning device and the game ball, and (b) is a game ball that rolls with the game ball stopped at the stop portion. Enlarged view of region A4 for explaining the correlation with (A) is a top view schematically showing an example of a rolling mode of a game ball toward the entrance in the start winning device, and (b) is an example of another rolling mode of the game ball toward the entrance. Top view schematically showing The perspective view for demonstrating the stop aspect of the game ball in a start winning apparatus

  With respect to an embodiment of the gaming machine according to the present invention, a pachinko machine 100 as an example of a ball and ball gaming machine which is a kind of gaming machine will be described, and then a modified example and other types of gaming machines will be described. First, regarding the embodiment of the pachinko machine 100, a structural configuration, an electrical configuration, and various control processes will be described in order.

<Structural structure>
First, the structure of the structural part of the pachinko machine 100 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. 1 to 4 are perspective views showing various states of the pachinko machine 100, FIG. 1 shows a closed state of the pachinko machine 100, and FIG. 2 shows that the front block 102 and the intermediate block 103 are integrated with the outer frame 101. 3 shows a state in which the front block 102 is opened with respect to the intermediate block 103, and FIG. 4 shows a state in which the rear block 104 is opened with respect to the intermediate block 103. Show. 5 is a front view of the pachinko machine 100, and FIG. 6 shows a state in which the front block 102 of the pachinko machine 100 is removed from the state of FIG. Various wirings are omitted in each figure, and a part of the configuration of the game board 400 is omitted in FIGS. 3 and 6.

  The pachinko machine 100 includes, for example, an outer frame 101, a front block 102, an intermediate block 103, and a rear block 104, as shown in FIGS. It is configured to be displaceable.

  The outer frame 101 has a function as a main body support means for supporting the main body portion of the pachinko machine 100. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the outer frame 101 is a substantially quadrilateral frame in which a top plate portion 111, a bottom plate portion 112, a left side plate portion 113, and a right side plate portion 114 are assembled, and the pachinko machine 100 is installed. The game machine is installed in a game machine installation facility (island facility) provided in the game hall and is firmly fixed by a fixture (not shown). In the pachinko machine 100, the outer frame 101 is not an indispensable configuration, and the main body portion corresponding to the configuration of the pachinko machine 100 excluding the outer frame 101 has the same inner shape as the outer frame 101 or the outer frame 101. It is good also as a structure with which the island facility was equipped with the support mechanism to support, and a part of locking mechanism which locks the main-body part.

  Intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122 are provided on one side of the outer frame 101 in the left-right direction (on the left side plate portion 113 side). The outer frame 101 and the intermediate block 103 are connected (coupled) by the intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122, and the main body portion of the pachinko machine 100 rotates one end side (left side) in the left-right direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 100. The base end side is configured to be capable of rotating forward with the other end side (right side) serving as a rotating front end side.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122 are provided separately at the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the outer frame 101. Each of the intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122 is configured such that, for example, a shaft portion provided in the intermediate block 103 is supported from below by a shaft support portion provided in the outer frame 101, and a shaft portion is provided in a shaft hole provided in the shaft support portion. It is comprised so that rotation is possible by setting it as the state inserted. In addition, the structure which can rotate the main-body part of the pachinko machine 100 including the intermediate block 103 is not limited to the above structure, and a shaft hole is provided on the intermediate block 103 side and a shaft part is formed on the outer frame 101 side. Other configurations may be used.

  The intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122 are provided with a function of releasing the connection state between the outer frame 101 and the intermediate block 103 by a predetermined removal operation, and the main body portion of the pachinko machine 100 including the intermediate block 103 is attached to the outer frame 101. Removably attached to it. For example, the connection state of the intermediate block 103 with respect to the outer frame 101 is released by performing a predetermined removal operation of opening the intermediate block 103 with respect to the outer frame 101 by a predetermined amount or more and moving it upward. The Thereby, the main body portion of the pachinko machine 100 can be removed from the outer frame 101.

  The front block 102 is disposed so as to overlap the front side with respect to the intermediate block 103, and the intermediate block 103 and the front block 102 are connected by front block support mechanisms 131 and 132 provided on the left side of the front view. The front block support mechanisms 131 and 132 have the same configuration as the intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122, support the front block 102 so as to be pivotable forward with respect to the intermediate block 103, and remove it by a predetermined removal operation. It is configured to be possible.

  The rear block 104 is arranged on the rear side with respect to the intermediate block 103, and the intermediate block 103 and the rear block 104 are arranged by rear block support mechanisms 136, 137 (see FIG. 8) provided on the left side in front view. It is connected. The rear block support mechanisms 136 and 137 have the same configuration as the intermediate block support mechanisms 121 and 122 and the front block support mechanisms 131 and 132, and support the rear block 104 so that the rear block 104 can be rotated rearward with respect to the intermediate block 103. And, it is configured to be supported so as to be removable by a predetermined removal operation.

  The pachinko machine 100 also includes an intermediate block locking mechanism that restricts the opening and closing of the intermediate block 103 relative to the outer frame 101, a front block locking mechanism that restricts the opening and closing of the front block 102 relative to the intermediate block 103, an intermediate block locking mechanism, and a front block There is provided a lock operating mechanism that is operated to unlock and lock the block locking mechanism. As shown in FIG. 3, the intermediate block 103 is provided with a key cylinder 141 as a lock operating mechanism that is exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 100 through the opening of the front block 102.

  As a predetermined operation on the key cylinder 141, when a right rotation operation is performed with an operation key (not shown), the movable portion 143 of the intermediate block locking mechanism provided in the intermediate block 103 is activated. As a result, the engagement between the engaged portion 142 provided on the outer frame 101 and the movable portion 143 as part of the intermediate block locking mechanism is released, and the intermediate block 103 is in an open / close permitted state with respect to the outer frame 101. Become.

  On the other hand, the movable portion 144 of the front block locking mechanism provided in the intermediate block 103 is operated in response to a left rotation operation with a predetermined operation key on the key cylinder 141. As a result, the engaged portion 145 provided on the front block 102 as a part of the front block locking mechanism and the movable portion 144 are disengaged, and the front block 102 is in an open / close permitted state with respect to the intermediate block 103. Become.

  Further, the pachinko machine 100 is provided with a rear block opening / closing regulating mechanism that regulates opening / closing of the rear block 104 with respect to the intermediate block 103. By this rear block opening / closing restriction mechanism, the rear block 104 can be switched with respect to the intermediate block 103 between a state in which opening / closing is prohibited (open / close prohibited state) and a state in which opening / closing is permitted (open / close permitted state) by a predetermined operation. It is said that.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 4, the rear block opening / closing restriction mechanism includes two opening / closing restriction portions 150 </ b> A and 150 </ b> B provided in the intermediate block 103 and one opening / closing restriction portion 150 </ b> C provided in the rear block 104. . The three opening / closing regulating portions 150A to 150C are provided with rotating pieces 151A to 151C that can be rotated. The rotating pieces 151A to 151C change the engagement state with the opening portion arranged so as to overlap in the front-rear direction in the closed state of the rear block 104 due to the rotation operation, and thereby the open / close prohibited posture corresponding to the open / close prohibited state And an open / close permission posture corresponding to the open / close permission state can be switched. When all the rotating pieces 151A to 151C are in the opening / closing allowable posture, the rotating pieces 151A to 151C can pass through the openings, and the rear block 104 is in an opening / closing allowable state with respect to the intermediate block 103. The open / close prohibited posture and the open / close allowable posture may be switched between the open / close prohibited state and the open / close permitted state by at least one of the positions and orientations of the rotating pieces 151A to 151C. Alternatively, it may be configured to move in a certain direction, or may be configured to operate by a combination of movement and rotation. Hereinafter, the same applies to the change in posture when the constituent members in each apparatus move between a plurality of postures.

  Among the three rotating pieces 151A to 151C, two rotating pieces 151A and 151B corresponding to a part of them are formed in the rear block 104 in the open / close prohibited state of the rear block 104 as shown in FIG. One rotating piece 151C exposed to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the opening and corresponding to the remaining portion is exposed to the front side of the intermediate block 103 as shown in FIG. For this reason, it is not possible to switch all the rotating pieces 151A to 151C to the opening / closing allowable posture only by an operation from one side such as the back side of the pachinko machine 100 or the front side of the intermediate block 103. Has been increased.

  Further, the pachinko machine 100 is provided with a game ball movement restricting mechanism for restricting the movement of the game ball from the intermediate block 103 to the front block 102. As shown in FIGS. 3 and 6, for example, the game ball movement restriction mechanism is configured by a combination of a flow restriction piece 161 provided in the intermediate block 103 and a restriction changing unit 162 provided in the front block 102. The flow restricting piece 161 is biased by a coil spring (not shown) toward the front side where the front block 102 is located.

  In a state in which the front block 102 is closed with respect to the intermediate block 103 (a closed state of the front block 102), the flow-down restricting piece 161 is in a movement-permitted state that allows the game ball to flow down. The change unit 162 is pushed and pushed to the rear side of the intermediate block 103. The flow restricting piece 161 is arranged to be shifted rearward with respect to a guide passage (not shown) for guiding the game ball from the intermediate block 103 to the front block 102 in the movement-permitted state. Thereby, in the closed state of the front block 102, the movement of the game ball from the intermediate block 103 to the front block 102 is permitted.

  On the other hand, in the state where the front block 102 is opened with respect to the intermediate block 103 (open state of the front block 102), the pressure of the flow restricting piece 161 by the restriction changing unit 162 is released, and compared with the closed state of the front block 102. Accordingly, the movement restriction state in which the flow restriction piece 161 protrudes toward the front block 102 is set. The flow restriction piece 161 protrudes into the guide passage in the movement prohibited state, and prevents the game ball from flowing down to the downstream side. Thereby, the movement of the game ball from the intermediate block 103 to the previous block 102 is prohibited.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 100, as shown in FIG. 2, for example, the intermediate block 103 is closed with respect to the outer frame 101 at the lower end portion on the rear side of the intermediate block 103 and on the rotation front end side (left side in the rear view). An open / close detection switch 108 for detecting whether or not the intermediate block 103 is provided is provided. Further, as shown in FIG. An open / close detection switch 109 for detecting whether or not the front block 102 is closed with respect to 103 is provided.

  Next, each structure of the front block 102, the intermediate block 103, and the back block 104 is demonstrated in order.

  As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the front block 102 forms a substantially entire front surface of the pachinko machine 100 and is a substantially rectangular member having a thickness in the front-rear direction, and decorates the front surface portion of the pachinko machine 100. It functions as a front decoration means. The front block 102 is mainly configured by a base frame 201 made of synthetic resin, and is configured by attaching a plurality of functional parts before and after the base frame 201. On the front side of the base frame 201, a front decorative body 210 that forms the front surface of the pachinko machine 100 surrounds the opening 210A along the outer edge of the opening 210A that is formed to include the front-view center portion of the front block 102. It is attached. In a state where the base frame 201 and the front decorative body 210 constituting the front block 102 are combined, the opening 210A is formed through the wide area excluding the outer periphery to which the front decorative body 210 is attached. The intermediate block 103 including the game board 400 located on the rear side of the front block 102 is configured to be visible to the player through the opening 210A.

  1 and 3, the front block 102 includes a central panel 220 provided on the back side of the base frame 201 so as to close the opening 210A, a main storage mechanism 230 for storing game balls, An auxiliary storage mechanism 240 that stores game balls and a launch operation device 250 that is operated by a player to launch game balls stored in the main storage mechanism 230 are provided.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 5, the front block 102 has an opening peripheral portion 211 that surrounds the periphery of the opening 210A as a part of the front decorative body 210, and projects forward on the lower side with respect to the opening 210A. An upper projecting portion 217, a lower projecting portion 218 located below the upper projecting portion 217 and projecting forward, and an upper projecting portion 217 and a lower projecting portion on the right side of the lower projecting portion 218. A flat portion 219 is formed which is configured by a substantially flat region located on the back side from 218 and on which the firing operation device 250 is disposed. The main storage mechanism 230 is disposed on the upper protrusion 217, and the auxiliary storage mechanism 240 is disposed on the lower protrusion 218.

  The center panel 220 has a function as a cover body that allows the rear side to be visually recognized while closing the opening 210 </ b> A formed penetrating in the front-rear direction in a state where the base frame 201 and the front decorative body 210 are combined. For example, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the center panel 220 includes a panel frame 221 (see FIG. 3) attached from the rear side of the base frame 201, and a light transmitting property fitted on the front side of the panel frame 221. 1 and a light transmitting rear plate 223 (see FIG. 3) fitted substantially parallel to the front plate 222 with a predetermined gap on the rear side of the panel frame 221. Yes.

  The main storage mechanism 230 has a function of storing game balls acquired as the game progresses and game balls lent out from the game hall. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the main storage mechanism 230 includes a storage portion 231, a ball removal mechanism (not shown), and a ball removal operation member 232 that operates the ball removal mechanism. The storage unit 231 includes an inflow port 231 </ b> A that allows game balls to flow into the storage unit 231 from the inside of the pachinko machine 100, and an outflow port (not shown) that allows game balls to flow out from the storage unit 231 into the pachinko machine 100. A discharge port (not shown) formed upstream from the outflow port is provided. By releasing the discharge port, the game ball is released from the storage unit 231 to the player side without being taken into the pachinko machine 100. The ball removal mechanism has a function of switching the discharge destination of the game ball between the outlet and the outlet.

  A game ball acquired according to the progress of the game and a game ball lent according to a lending operation to a lending operation device 292 described later mainly flow into the storage unit 231 through the inflow port 231A. The storage portion 231 is formed with an opening on the upper side, and a game ball owned by a player is manually inserted through the opening, or a game ball lent out at a game hall is supplied.

  The game balls that have flowed into the storage unit 231 are sequentially guided to the side where the outflow port and the discharge port are formed (upper right side in FIG. 1) while being aligned in a row. When a ball removing operation (for example, a pressing operation) is not performed on the ball removing operation member 232, the game ball is guided to a launching device 330 (see FIG. 3) described later through an outlet. On the other hand, when the ball removal operation is performed on the ball removal operation member 232, the game ball is guided to the auxiliary storage mechanism 240 (see FIG. 1) through the discharge port.

  As shown in FIGS. 1 and 5, the auxiliary storage mechanism 240 opens and closes the discharge port 241B and the storage unit 241 having the inflow ports 241A and 241C (see FIG. 5) and the discharge port 241B (see FIG. 1) of the game balls. And a ball removal operation member 242 that operates the ball removal mechanism 243. The game balls and the like acquired as the game progresses mainly flow into the main storage mechanism 230, but if the storage part 231 is full, it flows into the storage part 241 through the inflow port 241A. Further, even in response to the ball removal operation on the ball removal operation member 232, the game ball flows from the storage unit 231 to the storage unit 241 through the inflow port 241C.

  The bottom surface of the storage unit 241 is inclined downward toward the discharge port 241B. When the discharge port 241B is opened by a ball removal operation (for example, a pressing operation) with respect to the ball removal operation member 242, all the game balls stored in the storage unit 241 can be sequentially released to the outside of the pachinko machine 100. In addition, when the discharge port 241B is completely opened by the ball removal operation on the ball removal operation member 242, the release state is kept until a return operation (for example, a pressing operation again) is performed on the ball removal operation member 242. Maintained. A ball overflow switch 249 (see FIG. 10) for detecting whether or not game balls are excessively stored in the storage unit 241 is provided at the back of the inflow port 241A.

  As shown in FIGS. 1 and 5, the firing operation device 250 includes a pedestal 251 projecting forward from the flat portion 219 of the front decorative body 210, a rotatable firing handle 252 provided around the pedestal 251, A variable resistor 253 (see FIG. 10) that detects the amount of rotation operation of the firing handle 252; a contact sensor 254 (see FIG. 10) that detects that the player is in contact with the firing handle 252; It includes a firing stop switch 255 (see FIG. 5) that invalidates the injection of the game ball accompanying the rotation operation by the player's operation. When the launch handle 252 is rotated by the player, a game ball is ejected from the launch device 330 (see FIG. 3) toward the game board 400 (see FIG. 3) with an intensity corresponding to the rotational operation amount. When the contact between the firing handle 252 and the player is not detected by the contact sensor 254, or when the firing operation is invalidated by the operation of the firing stop switch 255, the firing handle 252 is rotated. However, the game ball is not ejected from the launching device 330.

  In addition, frame light emitting devices 271 to 275 (see FIG. 10) are provided at the back of the front decorative body 210 in the front block 102. The frame light emitting devices 271 to 275 are arranged so as to overlap the opening peripheral portion 211 of the front decorative body 210 and are attached to the base frame 201. As shown in FIG. 5, the opening peripheral edge 211 includes an upper central edge 211A, an upper left edge 211B and an upper right edge 211C located on both the left and right sides of the upper central edge 211A, and an upper left edge. The left side edge portion 211D positioned below 211B and the right side edge portion 211E positioned below the upper right side edge portion 211C as light emitting portions, and frame light emission corresponding to each light emitting portion Devices 271 to 275 are installed.

  The frame light-emitting devices 271 to 275 include an upper center frame light-emitting device 271 corresponding to the upper central edge portion 211A, a left upper frame light-emitting device 272 corresponding to the left upper edge portion 211B, and an upper-right frame light emission corresponding to the upper right side edge portion 211C. The apparatus 273 includes a left frame light emitting device 274 corresponding to the left edge 211D, and a right frame light emitting device 275 (see FIG. 10) corresponding to the right edge 211E. Each of the frame light emitting devices 271 to 275 integrates and electrically connects a light emitting diode (LED) as one or a plurality of light emitting means, an electronic component such as a resistor for controlling the LED, and the electronic components. And a printed circuit board.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the front block 102 is provided with, for example, an upper left acoustic output port 211F and an upper right acoustic output port 211G at the upper portion of the opening peripheral edge 211, and these upper left acoustic output ports 211F. In addition, an upper left acoustic device 281 and an upper right acoustic device 282 (see FIGS. 3 and 10) are provided corresponding to each of the upper right acoustic output ports 211G. The upper left acoustic device 281 and the upper right acoustic device 282 are attached to the base frame 201 so as to be located behind (in the rear of) the opening peripheral edge 211 of the front decorative body 210.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the front block 102 is provided with a game ball lending device 290, for example, on the upper right portion of the upper protrusion 217. The game ball lending device 290 includes a frequency display device 291 that displays a numerical value corresponding to the remaining amount of banknotes, cards, and the like placed in a card unit (not shown) arranged side by side in the pachinko machine 100, and a game ball lending A lending operation device 292 operated by the player when receiving the card, and a return operation device 293 operated by the player when returning the bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit. When a lending operation is performed on the lending operation device 292 in a valid state in which bills or cards are inserted into the card unit and numerical values corresponding to those amounts are displayed on the frequency display device 291, the lending operation is performed. In response, a predetermined number of game balls are lent out from the payout device 540 (see FIG. 8) of the rear block 104, and the display of the frequency display device 291 is updated as the game balls are lent out. On the other hand, when a return operation is performed on the return operation device 293 in the valid state, a card in which the equivalent of the banknote corresponding to the remaining amount or the remaining amount is recorded is returned from the card unit according to the returning operation.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the front block 102 is provided with an input operation device 260 capable of an input operation different from the shooting operation by the player. The input operation device 260 includes, for example, a push operation device 261 that can perform a push operation, a rotation operation device 262 that can perform a rotation operation, and a selection operation device 263 that can perform an up / down / left / right direction operation. With these operation devices 261 to 263, an effect selection operation for selecting an effect to be executed in the pachinko machine 100, an apparatus setting operation for setting the volume and light amount of each device for executing the effect of the pachinko machine 100, or a player It is possible to execute a production setting operation or the like that enables execution of the performance of the pachinko machine 100 according to the game before the previous time by inputting information, and these operations can be performed by the player or the game hall manager as necessary. It is said that. Note that an input operation unit (for example, an annular rotation operation unit in the rotation operation device 262) that the player contacts in the input operation device 260 is rotated, moved up and down by an input operation unit driving means such as a motor or a solenoid, or It is preferable that an operation such as vibration is executed by control of the pachinko machine 100 (for example, control of the sub-control board 940 (see FIG. 10)), either before or after the input operation, or during the input operation, By operating the input portion at a plurality of timings, it is possible to diversify the effects accompanied by the input operation, such as actively prompting the input operation.

  Next, the intermediate block 103 will be described. The intermediate block 103 is a substantially rectangular member having substantially the same size as the front block 102, and the front block 102 and the rear block 104 are attached so that the main body of the pachinko machine 100 is integrated. have. The intermediate block 103 is configured by attaching a plurality of functional components including the game board 400 to the base frame 301.

  3 and 4, the intermediate block 103 includes a base frame 301 having an opening, a game board 400 (see FIG. 3) that is attached from the front side while covering the opening of the base frame 301, and a base frame A game board support mechanism that rotatably and detachably supports the game board 400 with respect to the 301, a game board fixing mechanism that fixes the position of the game board 400 with respect to the base frame 301, and a game ball on the game board 400. Based on a command from the launching device 330 (see FIG. 3) to be ejected, a main control device 370 (see FIG. 4) that is attached to the back side of the game board 400 and controls the progress of the game in an integrated manner. And a sub-control device 390 (see FIG. 4) for controlling game effects and state notifications.

  In the base frame 301, as shown in FIG. 3, a guide passage portion 301A in which a guide passage for guiding a game ball released from a payout device 540 (see FIG. 8) described later to the front block 102 is formed, A plurality of wirings (not shown) and an opening 301B where the signal relay device 311 is located are provided. The opening 301B has a shape penetrating in the front-rear direction below the game board 400, and a plurality of wires inserted into the opening 301B are various devices provided in the front block 102 (for example, frame light emitting devices 271 to 271). 275, an upper left acoustic device 281 and an upper right acoustic device 282) and devices (for example, the main control device 370 and the sub control device 390) provided on the back side of the intermediate block 103 and the rear block 104 The signal relay device 311 includes a wiring, and has a function as a relay board that relays a part of the wiring.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 400 includes a flat base 401 having a through-hole through which a game ball such as a discharge port 401A can pass back and forth, and an outer rail that curves smoothly from the lower left to the upper right of the base 401. 402, the inner rail 403 that curves smoothly from the lower right to the upper left of the base body 401, the return ball prevention mechanism 404 attached to the upper left end of the inner rail 403, and the upper right end of the outer rail 402 And a rebound preventing member 405 to be attached. The outer rail 402 guides a game ball launched from a launch device 330 described later into the game area. The return ball prevention mechanism 404 prevents the game ball once released into the game area from the launch passage 401B formed at a portion where the outer rail 402 and the inner rail 403 are opposed in parallel from returning to the launch passage 401B. The recoil prevention member 405 has a shock absorption property that prevents a significant recoil of the game ball that has passed the upper center of the game board 400 and directed to the right side through the upper center and returns to the left side again. For example, it is made of a material such as vibration damping rubber.

  As shown in FIG. 3, a return ball passage portion 163 is formed in the lower portion on the back side of the front block 102. There is a gap between the guide member 335 that guides the game ball from the launcher 330 in the direction of the launch path 401B and the outer rail 402, and the launcher 330 was launched but launched without exceeding the return ball prevention mechanism 404. The game ball returning backward in the passage 401B is returned to the auxiliary storage mechanism 240 (see FIG. 5) from the inlet 241A (see FIG. 5) via the return ball passage portion 163 arranged below the gap.

  The game ball that has advanced beyond the return ball prevention mechanism 404 reaches the game area, and moves (flows down) while falling in the game area by its own weight. The game area has a substantially circular outer peripheral shape, and is divided into a shape having a large area in the front-rear width slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball. The game area is roughly divided by the outer rail 402 and the inner rail 403 at the outer peripheral portion, the front side is partitioned by the rear plate 223 of the center panel 220 in a substantially planar shape, and the rear side is substantially planar by the base body 401 of the game board 400. It is divided into. Various structures provided in the game area will be described later.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the launching device 330 sequentially sends out game balls stored in the main storage mechanism 230 to the launch position, and a ball feed solenoid 332 that drives the ball feed mechanism 331 (FIG. 10). A launching mechanism 333 for injecting a game ball arranged at the launch position, a launching solenoid 334 for driving the launching mechanism 333 (see FIG. 10), and a game ball launched from the launching mechanism 333 on the game board 400. And a guide member 335 for guiding to the firing passage 401B. As described above, the launch device 330 operates in response to the launch operation on the launch operation device 250, and the drive control of the launch solenoid 334 changes in accordance with the launch operation on the launch operation device 250 to adjust the launch force.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the main controller 370 includes a main control board 920 (see FIG. 10) and a board case 371 having a split structure that accommodates the main control board 920. The main control board 920 is housed in a light-transmitting board case 371 that is sealed so that it cannot be opened without leaving a trace.

  Further, the main control device 370 is rotatably attached to the back side of the game board 400. Specifically, an attachment portion 372 is rotatably connected and fixed to the base 401 of the game board 400 on the back side, and the main controller 370 is attached to the attachment portion 372. As a result, not only the rear side (front side) of the main control device 370 but also the front side (back side) of the main control device 370 is operated on the game board 400 by rotating the mounting portion 372. It can be easily confirmed while attached. The main control device 370 may be connected to the attachment portion 372 so that it cannot be removed without leaving a trace, and the removal state of the main control device 370 may be easily managed.

  The sub-control device 390 includes a sub-control board 940 (see FIG. 10) and a board case 391 having a split structure that accommodates the sub-control board 940. For example, the sub-control board 940 is housed in a translucent board case 391 that is sealed so that it cannot be opened without leaving a trace, like the main control board 920. It is attached to the back side.

  Here, in the game board 400, various structures arranged in the game area will be described with reference mainly to FIG. FIG. 7 is a front view of the game board 400. In FIG. 7, schematic outlines of main structures provided in the game area such as the central structure 420 and the lower structure 421 are illustrated. In FIG. 7, for reference, a part of the flow path of the game ball on the game board 400 is shown by arrows.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the game board 400 includes a base body 401, flow-down changing members such as nails 411 and windmills 412 that change the flow direction and flow speed of the game ball, and a center disposed at the center of the base body 401. The structure 420, the sorting device 481 disposed on the left side of the central structure 420, the lower structure 421 disposed on the lower side (downstream side) with respect to the central structure 420, and the lower structure 421 In the lower structure 421, a large winning device 434 disposed in the lower structure 421 on the lower side with respect to the distributing device 782, and a lower side in the lower structure 421 with respect to the large winning device 434. And a first special feature disposed on the lower side of the upper middle start winning device 432 in the lower structure 421. A starting device related to the design (specifically, a lower middle starting winning device 431), a general winning device 439 arranged on the right side of the upper middle starting winning device 432 in the lower structure 421, and a game board 400 A general prize-winning device 438 arranged on the left side of the lower structure 421 and on the left side of the lower structure 421, a combination operating device 435 arranged on the right side of the game board 400 and on the right side of the central structure 420, And a starter 436 according to a normal symbol disposed on the upper right side of the panel 400 and on the right side of the central structure 420. Note that the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment is configured as an apparatus in which the combination operating device 435 and the starter 436 are integrated. Instead of this, a combination actuating device 435 and a starting device 436 may be provided separately.

  In addition, the game board 400 is provided with a plurality of switches as detection means for detecting the passage of the game ball corresponding to the lower middle start winning device 431 and the like (see FIG. 10). Thus, it is possible to detect the entry of the game ball into the predetermined area. For example, a lower middle start winning switch 441 that detects a game ball that has entered the lower middle start winning device 431, an upper middle start winning switch 442 that detects a game ball that has entered the upper middle start winning device 432, and a big winning device 434. A big winning switch 444 that detects a game ball that has entered the game, a combination actuating switch 445 that detects a game ball that has entered the combination actuating device 435, a start switch 446 that detects a game ball that has entered the starter 436, and a general winning device General winning switches 448, 449 and the like for detecting the game balls that have entered 438, 439 are installed on the game board 400.

  Further, the game board 400 is provided with various sensors for preventing fraud (see FIG. 10), and an abnormality occurring in the pachinko machine 100 can be detected. For example, a magnetic sensor 491, a vibration sensor 492, a radio wave sensor 493, and the like are installed on the game board 400.

  The entrance portion of the game ball of the central structure 420 and the starter 436 constitutes a ball entrance, and the game ball that has entered each ball entrance is discharged into the game area. The entrance portions of the game balls of each winning device, specifically, the lower middle starting winning device 431, the upper middle starting winning device 432, the large winning device 434, and the general winning devices 438 and 439 constitute a winning opening, and each winning prize The game ball that has entered the mouth is guided through a through hole formed in the base body 401 to a recovery / discharge passage (not shown) formed on the back side of the base body 401. In addition, the game balls that have not entered each winning device are guided to the collection / discharge passage through the discharge port 401A provided in the most downstream portion of the game area. The game balls guided to the collection discharge passage are discharged from the pachinko machine 100 to a game ball circulation device (not shown) provided in the game hall. When a game ball enters one of the winning devices, a predetermined number of gaming balls corresponding to the type of the winning device are paid out from the payout device 540 (see FIGS. 8 and 9).

  Each winning device may be configured separately from other winning devices, or an apparatus in which two or more winning devices (for example, the lower middle start winning device 431 and the upper middle start winning device 432) are integrated. The starting device such as the lower middle starting winning device 431 does not necessarily need to be a winning port from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball enters, It is good also as a entrance where a game ball is discharged again to a game area, without being paid out.

  Each of the lower middle start winning device 431 and the general winning device 438 and the general winning device 439 related to the first special symbol does not change the probability of entering the game ball into them, Guide to the back side. Further, the upper middle start winning device 432 according to the second special symbol has a mechanism for changing the entrance probability of the game ball therein. Note that the mechanism for changing the probability of entering the game ball need not be provided only in the starting device related to the second special symbol, but instead of or in addition to that, the starting device related to the first special symbol (ie, the lower special symbol) The middle start winning device 431) and the general winning devices 438 and 439 may be provided in one or more. In addition, the mechanism for changing the entrance probability of the game ball may be constituted by a drive means such as an electrically driven solenoid, and is represented by a mechanism that operates by the weight of the game ball that has entered the predetermined area. You may comprise by the mechanism which operate | moves mechanically.

  The upper middle start winning device 432 related to the second special symbol includes an upper middle entry restricting mechanism 452 that changes the probability of the game ball entering the inside by changing between the entry allowable posture and the entry prohibited posture, And an upper middle entry restriction solenoid 462 (see FIG. 10) for driving the entry restriction mechanism 452. The upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 includes a movable piece that is driven by the upper middle entry restriction solenoid 462. When the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 is in the entry prohibition posture, the movable piece is an entrance (award opening). ) Is closed, the game ball cannot enter the upper middle start prize-winning device 432. However, when the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 is in the entry allowable posture, the movable ball opens the entrance and the game ball It becomes possible to enter the upper middle start winning device 432.

  When the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 is won by a lottery (hereinafter also referred to as “normal symbol lottery”) based on the fact that the game ball that has entered the starter 436 related to the normal symbol is detected by the start switch 446, In response to the drive by the medium entry restriction solenoid 462, the posture is allowed to enter a predetermined number of times and a predetermined time.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the grand prize winning device 434 includes an entry restriction mechanism 454 that restricts the entry of the game ball into the inside by the transition between the entry allowable attitude and the entry prohibition attitude, and an entry restriction mechanism 454. An entry restriction solenoid 464 (see FIG. 10) for changing the posture is provided. When the entry restriction mechanism 454 is in the entry prohibition posture, the entry restriction mechanism 454 closes the entrance (winning port) so that the game ball cannot enter the big winning device 434, but the entry restriction mechanism 454 is in the entry allowable posture. , The entry restriction mechanism 454 opens the entrance to allow the game ball to enter the big prize device 434.

  In addition to the entry restriction mechanism 454 and the entry restriction solenoid 464 described above, the grand prize winning device 434 moves the game ball that has entered the big prize winning device to a non-specific passage or passage by transition between the non-guidance posture and the guidance posture. A configuration may be provided that includes a distribution mechanism (not shown) that distributes to a specific passage and a switching solenoid that switches the guidance destination of the game ball by changing the attitude of the distribution mechanism. A specific passage and a non-specific passage are formed in the inside, and a game ball that has entered the prize winning device is guided to the non-specific passage when the distribution mechanism is in a predetermined non-guided posture. When the minute mechanism is in a predetermined guiding posture, it is guided to a specific passage. The specific passage, the non-specific passage, and the distribution mechanism are provided to diversify the game state transition, and when a game ball enters the specific passage, an advantageous game state can be given to the player as a privilege. It becomes possible.

  In addition, as an approach allowance posture and an entry prohibition posture as a mechanism for changing the entrance probability of a game ball to the inside such as the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 and the entry restriction mechanism 454, each mechanism is configured to be a prize opening of each device. Corresponding to a change in posture of the operation member that switches between a special state in which a game ball can enter the (or entrance) and a normal state in which the game ball cannot enter, and at least the position and orientation of the operation member according to each posture Any one may be different. Further, as a mechanism for changing the entrance probability of a game ball such as the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 and the entry restriction mechanism 454, it is not always necessary to set the game ball inaccessible state to the normal state. It is good also as a structure which accept | permits an approach and the attitude | position of an operation | movement member changes to the state in which a game ball enters easily from a normal state in a special state.

  A game ball can enter the big winning device 434 when winning a lottery. Specifically, a lottery (hereinafter referred to as “first special symbol lottery”) based on a game ball that has entered the lower middle start winning device 431 relating to the first special symbol being detected by the lower middle start winning switch 441. Or a lottery based on the fact that a game ball that has entered the upper middle start winning device 432 related to the second special symbol is detected by the upper middle start winning switch 442 (hereinafter referred to as “second special symbol lottery”). "" (Also referred to as ""), the entry restriction solenoid 464 is activated. As a result of this operation, the entry restriction mechanism 454 takes the approach allowable posture for a predetermined time over a predetermined number of times.

  The combination actuating device 435 is a device for setting conditions necessary for the prize winning device 434 to start operating. After winning the jackpot lottery, the big winning device 434 starts operating on the condition that the game ball of the combination operating device 435 passes. For this reason, when a player wins a big hit, the player can start a special gaming state at the timing he / she intends. Note that it is not always necessary to configure the grand prize winning device 434 to start operating on the condition that the game ball passes through the combination actuating device 435, and instead of or in addition to it, it is possible that the predetermined time elapses. It is good also as a structure which the big prize apparatus 434 starts an action | operation.

  The sorting device 481 is a sorting device having a vertically long, substantially rectangular parallelepiped outer shape. The detailed configuration of the distribution device 481 will be described later with reference to FIG. 13, but an inlet 601 leading to the game area on the left side of the central structure 420 is formed on the upper side of the distribution device 481. A first outlet 611 (see FIG. 13) and a second outlet 612 (see FIG. 13) are formed on the lower side of the device 481.

  The game balls that have entered the distribution device 481 from the inlet 601 are distributed to either the first outlet 611 or the second outlet 612 while flowing down from the top to the bottom of the distribution device 481, and the distribution destination outlet. Discharged from. Details of the game ball distribution by the distribution device 481 will be described later with reference to FIG. The game ball discharged from the first outlet 611 enters the lower structure 421 and is guided to the sorting device 482 (arrow Q1). The game ball discharged from the second outlet 612 also enters the lower structure 421 and is guided to the sorting device 482 (arrow Q2).

  The sorting device 482 is a dish-shaped sorting device called “Kroon”. The detailed configuration of the sorting device 482 will be described later with reference to FIG. 14, but the sorting device 482 has a first outlet 671 (see FIG. 14) formed at the center of the dish-shaped portion. Outside the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672 (see FIG. 14), the third outlet 673 (see FIG. 14), and the fourth outlet 674 (see FIG. 14) are dish-like in order closer to the first outlet 671. It is formed in the circumferential direction around the center of the part.

  The game balls (arrows Q 1 and Q 2) discharged from the first outlet 611 or the second outlet 612 by the distribution device 481 described above flow down the game area on the left side with respect to the central structure 420 and to the left side of the lower structure 421. A game ball entered from the formed entrance (arrow Q3) and a game ball entered from the entrance formed on the upper right side of the lower structure 421 by flowing down the game area on the right side of the central structure 420 (arrow Q4) ) Is a game ball that can enter the sorting device 482, and the game ball that has entered the sorting device 482 rolls on the dish-shaped portion, and the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, Or it distributes to either of the 4th exit 674. The game balls distributed to the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, or the fourth outlet 674 are discharged on the right side of the distribution device 482 as shown in FIG.

  The sorting device 482 is configured to be rotatable about the center of the dish-shaped portion. The distribution device 482 includes a drive mechanism 456 (see FIG. 14) for rotating the distribution device 482 and a drive motor 466 (see FIG. 10) such as a stepping motor or a DC motor that is a drive source for operating the drive mechanism 456. And are provided. While the pachinko machine 100 is operated by electric power, the sorting device 482 is continuously rotated by driving by the driving mechanism 456. The distribution device 482 may rotate continuously, or may rotate continuously by rotating intermittently, depending on the state of the game. The rotation operation may be different, or control may be performed so as not to rotate in a predetermined gaming state (for example, a short-time gaming state).

  The big prize winning device 434 arranged below (downstream) the right side portion of the sorting device 482 has a first outlet 671, a second outlet 672, and a third outlet 673 when the entry restricting mechanism 454 is in the approach allowing posture. Or any of the game balls discharged from the fourth outlet 674 can be received at the entrance (winning entrance).

  The upper middle start winning device 432 disposed below the left portion of the big winning device 434 has the entry restricting mechanism 454 of the big winning device 434 in the entry restricted state and the entry restricting mechanism 452 of the upper middle start winning device 432. Can be received at the entrance (winning entrance) either of the game balls discharged from the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672.

  The lower middle start winning device 431 disposed below the left portion of the upper middle start winning device 432 is such that the entry restricting mechanism 454 of the big winning device 434 is in the entry restricted state and the upper middle start winning device 432 enters. When the restriction mechanism 452 is in the entry restriction state, it is possible to accept the game ball discharged from the first outlet 671 at the entrance (winning entrance).

  The general winning device 439 arranged below the right side portion of the big winning device 434 enters the game ball discharged from the fourth outlet 674 when the entry restricting mechanism 454 of the big winning device 434 is in the entry restricted state. It is possible to accept (winning prize).

  The game balls discharged from the second outlet 672 when the entry restriction mechanism 454 of the big prize winning device 434 is in the entry restricted state and the entry restriction mechanism 452 of the upper middle start winning prize device 432 is in the entry restricted state are Then, it flows down the right side of the lower middle start winning device 431, and is guided to the recovery / discharge passage through the discharge port 401A. In addition, when the entry restriction mechanism 454 of the big winning device 434 is in the entry restricted state, the game balls discharged from the third outlet 673 flow down between the upper middle start winning device 432 and the general winning device 439 and are discharged. It is guided to the recovery / discharge passage through the outlet 401A.

  In addition, the big winning device 434, the upper middle starting winning device 432, the lower middle starting winning device 431, and the general winning device 439 are not necessarily arranged side by side in the vertical direction. At least one of the upper middle start winning device 432 and the general winning device 439 is disposed on the downstream side, and the lower middle start winning device on the downstream side with respect to at least one of the large winning device 434 and the upper middle start winning device 432. 431 may be arranged.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 7, the game board 400 is integrated with display devices 471 to 473 for displaying symbol change display and lottery results, and display devices 476 to 478 for displaying the number of times a game is held. A display device having a plurality of light emitting units is provided in a lower left portion corresponding to a part of the game board 400. The plurality of light emitting units are partitioned in advance into light emitting areas corresponding to each device, and the state of each device is displayed according to the light emitting state.

  Specifically, the first special symbol is variably displayed on the game board 400 in accordance with the first special symbol lottery, or the first special symbol is fixedly displayed with a stop symbol corresponding to the lottery result. The special symbol display device 471 related to the special symbol and the second special symbol are displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the second special symbol lottery, or the second special symbol is displayed with the stop symbol corresponding to the lottery result. Special symbol display device 472 related to the special symbol, special symbol hold display device 476 that displays the number of times the unit game is held according to the first special symbol, and special symbol hold that displays the number of times the unit game is held related to the second special symbol A display device 477 is provided. The right of the unit game related to the first special symbol and the right of the unit game related to the second special symbol are each reserved up to four times. Here, the unit game is a game for one time executed based on one start prize, and whether or not a lottery is executed based on one start prize and a lottery based on the determination A series of games including the start and end of variable display until the result is displayed.

  When the right of the unit game related to the first special symbol is held for the maximum number of times, the game ball that has entered the lower middle start winning device 431 is detected by the lower middle start winning switch 441 (see FIG. 10). Even if it does, the right of the unit game concerning the 1st special design is not added. Similarly, when the right of the unit game related to the second special symbol is held for the maximum number of times, the game ball that has entered the upper middle start winning device 432 is detected by the upper middle start winning switch 442 (see FIG. 10). Even if it does, the right of the unit game concerning the 2nd special design is not added.

  Each of the special symbol display device 471 related to the first special symbol and the special symbol display device 472 related to the second special symbol is composed of a plurality of light emitting units, and is controlled by the main control board 920 (see FIG. 10). . Each of the display of the first special symbol and the display of the second special symbol is represented by a light emission pattern of the plurality of light emitting units (a combination of a light emission state including a light emission color (off, on, flashing)). The special symbol hold display device 476 related to the first special symbol and the special symbol hold display device 477 related to the second special symbol have the number of times of holding depending on the combination of the light emission states (off, on, flashing) of the two single color light emitting units. indicate.

  In addition, the game board 400 includes a normal symbol display device 473 that displays a normal symbol in a variable manner or a normal symbol that is fixedly displayed in accordance with a lottery result according to the normal symbol. A normal symbol hold display device 478 for displaying the number of hold times of the right of the unit game is provided. The right to unit games related to normal symbols is reserved up to 4 times. When the right of the unit game related to the normal symbol is held up to the maximum number of times, the right of the unit game related to the normal symbol is not added even if the game ball that has entered the starter 436 is detected by the start switch 446.

  The normal symbol display device 473 includes a plurality of light emitting units, and is controlled by the main control board 920 (see FIG. 10). A normal symbol is expressed by a light emission pattern of a plurality of light emitting units. Further, the normal symbol hold display device 478 displays the number of hold times by a combination of the light emission states (off, on, flashing) of the two single color light emitting units.

  In addition, the game board 400 overlaps behind the central structure 420, and in the unit game related to the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the decorative symbol is variably displayed, or the decorative symbol is displayed. A decorative symbol display device 479 is provided. The decorative symbol variation display and finalization display are controlled by the sub-control board 940 and are synchronized with the first special symbol and second special symbol fluctuation display and finalization display by the main control board 920. In the variation display of the decorative symbol, more complicated and various effects are executed than the variation display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. It should be noted that the fluctuation display and final display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol and the fluctuation display and final display of the decorative symbol do not necessarily start to change at the same timing, or stop display as the final display. It is not necessary, and the setting may be such that the change is started at substantially the same timing while providing a slight time difference at each timing, and the final display is performed at substantially the same timing.

  Further, the game board 400 includes a board surface light emitting device 490 (see FIG. 10) provided on the back side of various structures, and the board surface light emitting device 490 accompanies the progress of the game based on the control by the sub control board 940. Various light emission effects and state notifications by light emission are executed.

  Here, various game states and transitions between game states will be described. The normal game state (hereinafter abbreviated as “normal game state”) is a state in which the variable display time of the first special symbol, the second special symbol, and the normal symbol is long (hereinafter also referred to as “non-short state”). Correspond.

  When a big win is won in the first special symbol lottery or the second special symbol lottery, the game state to be transferred after the special game state differs according to the type of the big win. When the type of big hit is a predetermined first type big hit (for example, a big hit called “probable big hit”), the first and second special symbol lottery, the second special symbol and the normal symbol change display time is not short. A state that is shorter than the state (hereinafter also referred to as “short-time state”), and that the winning probability of the jackpot in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery is higher than the normal gaming state (hereinafter “high probability”) The game state (also referred to as “state”) (hereinafter also referred to as “probability game state”) is entered. On the other hand, when the type of big hit is a predetermined second type of big hit different from the first big hit (for example, a big hit called “ordinary big hit”), the time is short and the first big hit Transition to a gaming state (hereinafter also referred to as a “short-time gaming state”) in which the winning probability of the jackpot in the special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery is the same state as the normal gaming state (hereinafter also referred to as “low probability state”) To do.

  In the case where the special winning device is configured to distribute the game balls that have entered the special winning device to a specific passage or a non-specific passage formed in the distribution mechanism, a game is played during the special gaming state. Depending on whether or not the ball enters the specific passage, the game state to be transferred after the special game state may be varied. In such a case, when the game ball does not enter the specific passage during the special game state, the state shifts to the time-short game state that is in the short-time state and the low-probability state. On the other hand, when the game ball enters the specific passage during the special game state, the game state shifts to the probability variation game state that is in the short time state and the high probability state.

  The short-time gaming state is maintained until the total number of unit games related to the first special symbol and the second special symbol reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times), but thereafter returns to the normal gaming state. In addition, the probability variation gaming state is maintained until the total number of unit games related to the first special symbol and the second special symbol reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 100 times), but thereafter returns to the normal gaming state.

  Note that the transition between the gaming state and the gaming state is not necessarily configured as described above. For example, the high probability state may be continued until the next big win, or the gaming state may be changed depending on other contents. At least one may be configured, a configuration in which a gaming state different from the above-described gaming states is further included, or a configuration in which the gaming state is shifted by a condition different from the above-described conditions may be employed.

  Next, the operation of the main devices of the game board 400 will be described in chronological order. In the main control board 920, winning random numbers, jackpot symbol random numbers, stop pattern random numbers and various variation pattern random numbers related to special symbols (common to the first special symbol and the second special symbol) are generated, and various game states are generated. When a game ball that has entered the lower middle start winning device 431 relating to the first special symbol is detected by the lower middle start winning switch 441 (see FIG. 10), the first special symbol is started. At the time of starting winning the first special symbol, if the unit game right related to the first special symbol is not reserved up to the maximum number of times, the winning random number, jackpot symbol random number and stop pattern random number relating to the special symbol are acquired, It is stored in a predetermined area of the main control board 920 RAM.

  The unit game based on the random number acquired based on the start winning of the first special symbol is not in the special game state, not the unit game related to the first special symbol or the second special symbol, but the unit game related to the first special symbol. If the right is not reserved, it is started immediately after storing the random numbers. In addition, even when the game is not in a special game state, when the unit game right related to the first special symbol or the second special symbol is reserved during the unit game related to the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The unit game based on the current start winning is started after the end of the unit game relating to all the special symbols (the first special symbol and the second special symbol) held before the current winning. If each random number is acquired based on the start winning of the first special symbol during the special gaming state, the unit game based on the random number is all of the units that were held before the current starting winning prize after the special gaming state. It starts after a unit game related to a special symbol.

  In addition, the unit game based on the random number acquired based on the start winning of the first special symbol is started after the end of all the unit games related to the second special symbol. That is, when each random number is acquired based on the start winning of the second special symbol after the current start winning, the unit game based on the start winning of the second special symbol is preferentially executed. The unit game based on the start winning of the second special symbol does not necessarily have to be executed in preference to the unit game related to the first special symbol, and the first special symbol and the second special symbol in order of the start winning. The configuration may be such that the unit game advantage control is executed, or the two special symbols are not alternative but can be varied simultaneously.

  In the case of winning a jackpot in the first special symbol lottery based on the start winning of the first special symbol, the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot winning of the first special symbol lottery is further based on the acquired big hit symbol random number ( The type of jackpot symbol) is determined. The type of stop symbol corresponds to the type of jackpot, for example, the number of rounds (for example, 6 rounds and 16 rounds) corresponding to the number of times that the entry restriction mechanism 454 takes the entry allowable posture, or the game that shifts after the special game state A plurality of types of jackpots are set corresponding to the type of gaming state such as a state (whether or not to shift to a probable gaming state), and a jackpot symbol is set for each type. In the first special symbol lottery, when a big win is not won, a lost symbol different from the big win symbol is set as a stop symbol.

  After the first special symbol lottery, based on the current gaming state, lottery result, stop pattern random number value, various variation pattern random number values, and the number of reserved unit rights related to the first special symbol, the first special symbol The design variation display time is determined, and the design variation pattern is selected. Thereafter, the first special symbol variation display on the special symbol display device 471 relating to the first special symbol and the decorative symbol variation display (variation effect) on the decoration symbol display device 479 are started, and the first special symbol variation is started. Variation display according to a certain pattern is continued over the display time, and variation display according to the variation pattern is continued over the variation display time in the decorative design. Thereafter, as the variable display time elapses, the stop symbol related to the first special symbol is fixedly displayed, and the symbol corresponding to the stop symbol of the first special symbol is fixedly displayed as a decorative symbol. The final display of the first special symbol and the decorative symbol is continued for at least a predetermined time.

  When the stop symbol related to the first special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the gaming state shifts to the special gaming state after the final display of the first special symbol. In the special game state, the entry restriction mechanism 454 of the big prize device 434 assumes the entry allowable posture a predetermined number of times in a predetermined order according to the type of the big hit. When a predetermined number (for example, 8) of game balls are detected by the big winning switch 444 during each time of the permitted entry posture in the entry restriction mechanism 454, or a predetermined maximum allowable entry time (for example, 29.5). Second), the entry restriction mechanism 454 shifts to the entry prohibition posture. Thereafter, after a predetermined entry prohibition time has elapsed, the entry restriction mechanism 454 returns to the entry allowable posture again. This entry restriction operation is repeated a predetermined number of times in a predetermined order corresponding to the type of jackpot.

  The entry restriction mechanism 454 is configured to take an entry allowance posture during the special game state, and shifts to the first entry allowance posture after a predetermined waiting time has elapsed from the start of the special game state (after the opening period). In addition, the special gaming state ends after a predetermined entry prohibition time has elapsed since the last return to the prohibition posture and a predetermined standby time has elapsed thereafter (after the ending period). After the end of the special gaming state, as described above, the state shifts to the short-time gaming state or the probability variation gaming state.

  In various gaming states, when a game ball that has entered the upper middle start winning device 432 related to the second special symbol is detected by the upper middle start winning switch 442, the second special symbol starts winning. The control of the unit game based on the start winning of the second special symbol is executed in the same manner as the control related to the first special symbol described above. That is, if the right of the unit game related to the second special symbol is not reserved up to the maximum number of times when starting the second special symbol, each random number related to the special symbol is acquired and the unit game based on the start winning is executed. Is done. Also, stop symbol determination according to the second special symbol lottery, decoration symbol variation pattern selection, variation display execution, game state transition control, etc. are executed in the same manner as the control related to the first special symbol. Is done.

  When a game ball that has entered the starter 436 is detected by the start switch 446 in various gaming states, the winning random number for the normal symbol is acquired if the right of the unit game related to the normal symbol is not reserved up to the maximum number of times. Then, it is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM of the main control board 920. At this time, if the unit game related to the normal symbol is not in progress, the unit game related to the acquired normal symbol is started immediately after the storage. On the other hand, if the unit game related to the normal symbol is in progress, the unit game related to the acquired normal symbol is started after the unit game based on the right of the unit game related to the already obtained normal symbol.

  In the unit game related to the normal symbol, it is determined whether or not the winning game is won based on the value of the winning random number, and when winning, a predetermined winning symbol is set as the stop symbol. On the other hand, when the normal symbol lottery is not won, a predetermined lose symbol is set as the stop symbol. After the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol display device 473 starts the variable display of the normal symbol. In the non-time-short state, the variable pattern is continuously displayed over a predetermined variable display time, and in the time-short state. The variable display by a fixed pattern is continued over a predetermined variable display time shorter than the non-time-short state. As the predetermined time corresponding to the gaming state elapses, the stop symbol related to the normal symbol is fixedly displayed over a certain period of time.

  If the stop symbol related to the normal symbol is a winning symbol, the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 of the upper middle start winning device 432 shifts to the entry allowable posture at least once after the normal symbol confirmation display. Specifically, when winning in a non-time-saving state (normal game state and special game state), the upper middle start winning device 432 enters for a predetermined maximum allowable entry time (for example, approximately 0.1 seconds). In the case of winning in the short-time state (the short-time gaming state and the probability-changing gaming state), the predetermined maximum allowable entry time (for example, approximately 4.) is longer than that in the case where the upper middle start winning device 432 is in the non-short-time state. It shifts to the approaching allowable posture intermittently (for example, divided into three times) over 8 seconds. However, when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls is detected by the upper middle start winning switch 442, the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 takes an entry prohibition posture without waiting for the maximum allowable entry time to elapse. The operation of the upper middle start winning device 432 in the unit game related to the current normal symbol is completed even if the number of times of transition to the allowable entry posture has not reached the predetermined number.

  Next, the playability of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment will be described. In order to receive the second special symbol lottery, the player must first win in the normal symbol lottery, and further, the game ball is in the upper middle start winning device 432 in the entry permitted state of the upper middle start winning device 432 based on the winning. You have to enter. The winning probability of winning for the normal symbol in the normal gaming state is the same as the winning probability in the short-time gaming state, but the staying time in the allowed entry state of the upper middle start winning device 432 based on the winning in the normal gaming state (for example, (Approximately 0.1 seconds) is set to be very short compared to the stay time in the short-time state (for example, approximately 4.8 seconds), so in the normal gaming state, the per unit time that can receive the second special symbol lottery The opportunity is significantly smaller than the opportunity per unit time for receiving the first special symbol drawing. On the other hand, in the short-time state such as the short-time gaming state or the probability variation gaming state, the opportunity per unit time for receiving the second special symbol lottery is significantly larger than the opportunity per unit time for receiving the first special symbol lottery. .

  Therefore, the player plays a game aiming to win a big hit in the first special symbol lottery and shift to the special gaming state. On the other hand, in the short-time gaming state and the probability variation gaming state, the game is played aiming to win a big win in the second special symbol lottery before each gaming state ends.

  Specifically, the game board 400 is provided with a central structure 420 in the center of the game area where the game balls flow down, and a game technique (left-handed game) in which the game balls flow down mainly from the left side of the central structure 420. Method) and a game method (right-handed game method) in which a game ball flows down mainly from the right side of the central structure 420 can be selectively performed. A player plays a game using the left-handed gaming method in the normal gaming state, and plays a game using the right-handed gaming method in the short-time gaming state and the probability-changing gaming state. Further, although details will be described later, a game ball that has entered from the right side of the lower structure 421 by the right-handed gaming method is likely to be completed early by the sorting device 482. Also play games using the right-handed gaming technique.

  Next, the rear block 104 will be described. 8 and 9 are a rear perspective view and a rear view showing the pachinko machine 100, respectively. In FIG. 8, the outer frame 101 is omitted for easy understanding.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the rear block 104 is configured by attaching other members and devices to the base 501. By connecting the base body 501 and the intermediate block 103 by the rear block support mechanisms 136 and 137, the rear block 104 is supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the intermediate block 103.

  The rear block 104 has a game ball tank 510 serving as a ball storage unit for storing game balls, and rectifies the game balls (for example, in one row) continuously on the downstream side of the game ball tank 510 and aligns them in one row. A tank rail 520 as a ball alignment portion, a case rail 530 as a ball guiding portion for guiding a game ball flowing in from the tank rail 520 on the downstream side of the tank rail 520, and a game ball payout on the downstream side of the case rail 530 A payout device 540 that lends out game balls, and guidance as a ball guide unit that guides game balls that have flowed out of the payout device 540 downstream of the payout device 540 to a guide passage (not shown) formed in the base 501. A member 550, a payout control device 560 for controlling the payout of game balls and the lending of game balls by the payout device 540, and external power A function as a power supply means for converting and outputting power of a predetermined voltage required for various types of devices and the like, and a game ball ejection based on a launch operation on the launch operation device 250 are controlled in cooperation with the main control board 920. A power supply / launch control device 570 having a function as a launch control means, a payout control device 560, a game ball lending device 290 (see FIG. 1), and a card unit (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 100 And a relay device 950 that relays signals between them.

  The base body 501 is integrally formed of resin (for example, ABS resin), and includes a base portion 502 corresponding to the front side portion and a protective cover portion 503 positioned behind the base portion 502. The upper portion of the base portion 502 is formed in a substantially frame shape along the outer shape of the rear block 104, and the lower portion is formed in a substantially flat shape having a thickness in the front-rear direction. It has a function as a mounted part.

  The protective cover portion 503 is formed in a substantially plate shape having a thickness in the front-rear direction. The protective cover 503 is not shaped to cover the entire back surface of the intermediate block 103, but a part of the back surface of the intermediate block 103 that requires frequent inspection and confirmation, such as a part of the main controller 370, It is set to a size that forms a window portion for exposure to the window. A large number of air holes 503 </ b> A having a function of improving the heat dissipation of heat generation in the main control device 370 and the sub control device 390 are formed on the back surface of the protective cover portion 503.

  The game ball tank 510 is a horizontally long box-shaped container that opens upward, and game balls supplied from a ball circulation device (not shown) of the island facility are sequentially supplied to one end side in the longitudinal direction. An opening (not shown) is formed on one end side in the longitudinal direction different from the side where the game ball is supplied in the game ball tank 510. The bottom surface of the game ball tank 510 is gently inclined in the longitudinal direction, and the game ball supplied to the game ball tank 510 moves to the opening side by its own weight. Further, the bottom surface of the game ball tank 510 is inclined in a direction (front-rear direction) perpendicular to the longitudinal direction as compared with the longitudinal direction, and guides the game ball to the side where the opening is provided (for example, the front side). . Further, a metal antistatic plate (not shown) is attached to the bottom surface of the game ball tank 510 so as to overlap the game ball tank 510, and the antistatic plate is connected to the ground potential so that the inside of the game ball tank 510 and The static electricity of the game ball on the downstream side is removed.

  The tank rail 520 is attached to the side where the opening of the game ball tank 510 is formed, and the game ball flows through the opening of the game ball tank 510. The tank rail 520 gradually increases in height as a passage forming member 521 that forms a passage for a substantially bowl-shaped gaming ball having a width through which game balls pass in a row, and an upper surface of the passage formed by the passage forming member 521. And a rectifying member 522 that rectifies the game balls flowing down the passage from the height of the top and bottom to the first level gradually. The passage formed by the tank rail 520 is gently inclined toward the downstream side, and guides the game ball to the side opposite to the game ball tank 510.

  The case rail 530 is formed in a vertically long shape so as to continue to the lower side of the tank rail 520, and a game ball from the tank rail 520 flows in. The case rail 530 continues downward while curving left and right so that game balls do not flow vigorously. In addition, a ball break detector 539 for detecting a ball break is provided in the middle portion of the ball path of the case rail 530. The ball breakage detection unit 539 includes a storage ball switch 591 (see FIG. 10). The storage ball switch 591 causes ball clogging or the like on the case rail 530 or the upstream side thereof, and a game ball is placed in the case rail 530. Detects out-of-ball condition that is not replenished normally.

  The payout device 540 includes a payout mechanism for sending out the game ball, a payout motor 542 (see FIG. 10) as a driving means for driving the payout mechanism, and a payout counting switch 592 (see FIG. 10). In accordance with the operation of the payout motor 542 based on the control by the payout control device 560, the game balls stored in the ball passage are released downstream. The passage of the released game ball through the ball passage is detected by a payout counting switch 592, whereby the payout control device 560 (payout control board 930) counts the number of payout of game balls.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the payout control device 560 and the power supply / launch control device 570 are attached so as to overlap the lower back surface of the base portion 502 of the base body 501 so as to be positioned at the lower back side of the rear block 104. It has been. The rear block 104 including the payout control device 560 and the power supply / launch control device 570 can be continuously used even when the game board 400 is replaced with another game board in a model change or the like.

  The payout control device 560 includes a payout control board 930 (see FIG. 10) and a board case that houses the payout control board 930, and the payout control board 930 does not leave any trace of opening, like the main control board 920. The substrate case is sealed so that it cannot be opened.

  The power / fire control device 570 includes a power / fire control board 900 (see FIG. 10) and a board case that houses the power / fire control board 900. The power / fire control board 900 is the same as the main control board 920. Are accommodated in a sealed substrate case.

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 100. As shown in FIG. 10, the pachinko machine 100 includes control circuit devices such as a power supply / launch control board 900, a power supply monitoring board 910, a main control board 920, a payout control board 930, and a sub control board 940. In FIG. 10, a relay circuit device that only relays various signals is omitted. Hereinafter, these main control circuit devices will be individually described in detail.

  The power supply / launch control board 900 includes a power supply unit 901 that supplies power of a predetermined voltage to each part of the pachinko machine 100 via a power supply path (broken line in the figure), and a launching device according to the operation of the launching operation device 250. A launch control unit 902 that controls the driving of 330, and a signal relay unit 903 that relays an initialization signal from the initialization switch 907 and a ball overflow signal from the ball overflow switch 249.

  The power supply unit 901 takes in external power (for example, AC 24 volts) supplied from the outside and converts it into internal power (for example, DC 24 volts), and generates various types of power from the internal power. The power generated by the power supply unit 901 is power of driving voltage (for example, DC 12 volts) for driving devices such as various solenoids and various motors, drives various switches, and executes control processing. Power of control voltage (for example, DC 5 volts) for backup, power of backup voltage for holding the contents of the RAM of the main control board 920, and the like.

  The power supply unit 901 supplies various power generated from the internal power to the power supply monitoring board 910, the main control board 920, the payout control board 930, the sub control board 940, and the like. Specifically, internal power, driving voltage, control voltage, and backup voltage power are supplied to the power monitoring board 910. The main control board 920 is supplied with driving voltage, control voltage, and backup voltage power, and these powers are supplied via the power supply monitoring unit 911 of the power supply monitoring board 910. The payout control board 930 is supplied with driving voltage and control voltage power. The sub-control board 940 is supplied with driving voltage and control voltage power. The firing control unit 902 and the signal relay unit 903 are supplied with driving voltage and control voltage power.

  A power switch 909 is connected to the power supply unit 901. When the power switch 909 is in an off state, the external power capture is stopped. It is to be noted that the power switch 909 is turned off or a power plug (not shown) connected to the power supply unit 901 via the power switch 909 is removed from an external power supply outlet (not shown). A state where the supply of power to the inside of the machine 100 is stopped and a state where the supply of external power itself is stopped are collectively referred to as a “power failure state”.

  The power supply unit 901 is configured to normally output the control voltage power over a predetermined period even after the transition to the power failure state. As a result, the main control board 920 can save the state and finish the control so that the current control state can be restored.

  The firing control unit 902 controls the driving of the ball feed solenoid 332 and the firing solenoid 334 of the launching device 330 in cooperation with the main control board 920. The ball feed solenoid 332 and the firing solenoid 334 are permitted to operate when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, it is detected that the player is touching the firing handle 252 (see FIG. 1) based on a contact sensor signal from the contact sensor 254, and a launch stop switch 255 for stopping the launch is provided. On the condition that it is not operated, the firing control unit 902 outputs a firing permission signal in an on state to the main control board 920. The main control board 920 outputs a firing solenoid control signal and a ball feed solenoid control signal to the firing control unit 902 based on the firing permission signal and the firing abnormality signal. The firing control unit 902 activates the ball feed solenoid 332 based on the ball feed control signal in the on state, and activates the launch solenoid 334 based on the reception of the launch solenoid control signal in the on state and the resistance value of the variable resistor 253. Let As a result, the game balls are sequentially fired from the launching device 330 with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor 253 (the rotational operation amount of the firing handle 252).

  The signal relay unit 903 outputs an on-state initialization signal to the main control board 920 when the initialization switch 907 is pressed. In the main control board 920, the storage information stored in the RAM of the main control board 920 is initialized in response to the reception of the ON state initialization signal. The initialization switch 907 is not necessarily configured to output a signal to the main control board 920 via the signal relay unit 903. For example, the initialization switch 907 is directly mounted on the main control board 920. The initialization switch 907 may be accommodated in the substrate case 371, and thus illegal signal input targeting a section in which a signal is transmitted can be suppressed.

  Further, when the ball overflow switch 249 detects a game ball, the signal relay unit 903 outputs an on-state ball overflow signal to the main control board 920. The main control board 920 outputs a low-speed payout signal to the payout control board 930 based on the detection of the ball overflow signal in the ON state, and the payout control board 930 that has received the low-speed payout signal receives the rotation speed of the payout motor 542 (payout). The game ball payout speed from the device 540 is reduced. The main control board 920 outputs a high-speed payout signal to the payout control board 930 based on the detection of the ball overflow signal in the off state, and the payout control board 930 that has received the high-speed payout signal controls the rotation speed of the payout motor 542. Make it faster.

  The power monitoring board 910 is a power monitoring section 911 that monitors the power supply status from the power / fire control board 900, and supplies power and transmits various signals between the power / fire control board 900 and the main control board 920. And a signal relay unit 912 for relaying. The power monitoring unit 911 also outputs a power failure signal to the main control board 920 in response to the transition to the power failure state, and monitors the voltage of 24 VDC which is the maximum voltage output from the power source unit 901. When the state where the voltage is less than 22 volts continues for a predetermined time, it is determined that the state is a power failure, and an on-state power failure signal is output to the main control board 920. The main control board 920 recognizes the transition to the power failure state by receiving the power failure signal in the on state.

  The main control board 920 comprehensively controls the operation of the pachinko machine 100. On the main control board 920, an MPU (not shown) as a one-chip microcomputer is mounted. The MPU includes a CPU (not shown) as an arithmetic processing unit, a ROM (not shown) storing various control programs and fixed data executed by the CPU, and various data temporarily during execution of the control program. And a RAM (not shown) for storing and the like. In addition, various circuits such as a timer circuit (not shown), a counter circuit (not shown), a clock generation circuit (not shown), a signal transmission / reception circuit (not shown) are mounted on the main control board 920. Yes. The RAM of the main control board 920 is configured to be able to maintain (back up) internal data by supplying a backup voltage from the power / fire control board 900 even after the transition to the power failure state.

  The payout control board 930 controls a game ball payout operation by the payout apparatus 540 according to an instruction from the main control board 920 and a game ball lending operation by the payout apparatus 540 according to an operation of the game ball lending apparatus 290. As with the main control board 920, the payout control board 930 is an MPU (not shown) as a one-chip microcomputer including a CPU (not shown), ROM (not shown), and RAM (not shown), a timer circuit. Various circuits such as (not shown), a counter circuit (not shown), a clock generation circuit (not shown), a signal transmission / reception circuit (not shown) are mounted.

  The payout control board 930 is equipped with an input / output port as a connection means for connecting to other devices so as to be able to communicate information. For example, the main control board 920 and the relay device 950 can perform bidirectional information input / output communication. The open / close detection switches 108 and 109, the storage ball switch 591 and the payout counting switch 592 are connected so that only information input communication in only one direction is possible, and the payout motor 542 has information in only one direction. Only output communication is possible. Note that the RAM of the payout control board 930 may be configured to have a backup function that allows internal data to be maintained over a certain period in a power failure state, like the RAM of the main control board 920, or the RAM of the main control board 920. Unlike the case, the internal data may not be maintained in a power failure state.

  The sub control board 940 controls operations of various rendering devices, various light emitting devices, various acoustic devices, and the like based on instructions from the main control board 920. The sub-control board 940 is equipped with an input / output port as a connection means for connecting to other devices so as to be able to perform information communication. The input operation device 260 is connected to be capable of information communication in both directions, and the decorative symbol display device 479 is connected to be capable of only one-way information output communication.

<Various control processes>
Next, various control processes executed by the main control board 920 will be described. The control processing in the main control board 920 can be broadly divided into main processing that is started upon recovery from a power failure state, and periodic execution (in this embodiment, with a cycle of 2 ms (milliseconds)). Timer interrupt processing.

  First, the main process executed by the main control board 920 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a main process of the main control board 920 (abbreviated as “main control main process” in FIG. 11).

  In the main process of the main control board 920, first, a series of control start processes (program start process S1001 to random number initial setting process S1019) for starting up the main control board 920 and initializing various information are executed only once. After that, the interrupt prohibition processing S1020 for prohibiting the interrupt, the winning random number initial value counter (partial area of the RAM), the jackpot symbol random number initial value counter (partial area of the RAM) and the normal symbol related to the special symbol Random initial value update processing S1021 for updating the value of the winning random number initial value counter (part of the RAM) and the first variation type counter to the fourth variation type for determining the variation time, variation pattern, etc. Fluctuation counter update processing S1022 for updating the value of the counter (part of the RAM), and interrupt permission processing S for permitting interrupts 023 and is repeatedly executed. When a timer interrupt request is generated before the interrupt permission process S1023, the timer interrupt process is executed immediately after the interrupt permission process S1023.

  In a series of control start processes, a program start process S1001 for setting an initial value to a stack pointer (part of the RAM) for controlling the execution of a program, an interrupt mode setting process S1002 for setting an interrupt mode, and a payout control board A stand-by standby process S1003 that waits for a predetermined time until 930, the sub-control board 940, and the like stand up is executed.

  After start-up standby process S1003, determination process S1004 of the output state of the initialization signal from initialization switch 907 of power supply / emission control board 900, determination process S1005 of the value of power failure information (part of RAM), storage Information storage state determination processing S1007 is performed, and it is determined based on these determination results whether or not to save the stored information in the RAM. Here, the stored information is information necessary for returning to the state of the game before the power failure, and corresponds to a part of the RAM that has been updated according to the progress of the game before the power failure. The counter value related to the unit game in the middle, the counter value stored by the start winning, and the like are exemplified.

  The storage state of the stored information is determined as follows. First, a checksum value for a storage area in a predetermined range of the RAM is calculated (checksum calculation process S1006), and the current checksum value and a power failure monitoring process S1202 (see FIG. 12) accompanying the transition to the previous power failure state. It is determined whether or not the exclusive OR with the RAM determination value that is the 2's complement of the checksum value calculated in (0) is “0” (determination processing S1007), and thereby the current checksum value and It is determined whether or not the checksum value at the time of transition to the power failure state is the same.

  When the initialization signal is in the on state (S1004: Y), when the power failure information is not a predetermined power failure value indicating that the stored information is stored and terminated when the transition to the power failure state is completed (S1005: N), or saved If the information is not normally held (S1007: N), a RAM clear process S1008 for erasing the stored information in the RAM is executed. After it is determined that the stored information is normally held (S1007: Y), or after the RAM clear process S1008 is executed, hardware for initializing various devices connected to the main control board 920 A hardware initialization process S1009 is executed.

  After the hardware initialization process S1009, a determination process S1010 of whether or not the power failure information is a power failure value is executed. When the power failure information is a power failure value (S1010: N), a RAM recovery setting process S1011 for initial setting of various types of information including a return of stored information and a recovery command indicating completion of the setting are set (return command). Output processing S1012). By returning the stored information in the RAM return setting process S1011, the control state of the main control board 920 is returned to the control state immediately before the transition to the previous power failure state.

  On the other hand, when the power failure information is not a power failure value (S1010: Y), various types of information are initialized without returning the retained information (RAM initial setting processing S1013), and an initialization command indicating the completion of the setting is output. (Initialization command output processing S1014).

  In the RAM recovery setting process S1011 and the RAM initial setting process S1013, the power failure information is set to a predetermined energization value different from the power failure value, and various error states such as fraud detection errors immediately before the transition to the previous power failure state. Even if has occurred, all those error states are cleared. Further, either the return command or the initialization command is output from the main control board 920 to both the payout control board 930 and the sub control board 940, and the payout control board 930 and the sub control board 940 that have received the return command or the initialization command. In each of these, a predetermined initialization process is executed.

  After the initial setting of the RAM according to the situation at the time of start-up (determination process S1004 to initialization command output process S1014), if the condition device is operating at the time of transition to the previous power failure state, the special gaming state is set. Preparation for returning is performed (special gaming state return preparation processing S1015). Specifically, in the special game state return preparation process S1015, the operating states of the condition device and the accessory continuous operation device are determined, and a process corresponding to the game situation in the power failure state is executed in the sub-control board 940. The

  After the special game state return preparation process S1015, it is determined whether or not the time-short state flag is set to determine whether it is a time-short state or a non-time-short state (determination process S1016). In the case (S1016: Y), a time reduction command is output (time reduction command output processing S1017). On the other hand, if it is in the non-time-short state (S1016: N), a non-time-short command is output (non-time-short command output processing S1018). Thereafter, the value of the winning random number counter (part of the RAM) related to the special symbol is initialized (random number initial setting process S1019).

  Next, timer interrupt processing executed by the main control board 920 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing (abbreviated as “main control interrupt processing” in the figure) executed by the main control board 920.

  In the timer interrupt process of the main control board 920, first, an interrupt start process S1201 for starting a timer interrupt is executed. Specifically, a predetermined value is set in the interrupt control register. As a result, interrupts other than this timer interrupt are prohibited. Thereafter, a power failure monitoring process S1202 to an external information output process S1221 related to substantial control such as game progress control of the pachinko machine 100 and monitoring of various sensors are sequentially executed. However, when the game progress is stopped based on various fraud detections (S1207: Y), the control signal output process S1208 to the external information output process S1221 are not executed. Finally, an interrupt permission process S1222 that permits the next timer interrupt is executed, and the current timer interrupt process ends. In the following, various main processes will be described individually.

  In the power failure monitoring process S1202, the value of the power failure information (part of the RAM) is updated based on the output state of the power failure signal output from the power monitoring unit 911 of the power monitoring board 910. Specifically, the output state of the power failure signal is confirmed three times, and when the on state is detected at all three times, the power failure state is determined. If it is not determined in this determination that the power is out, the power outage information is maintained at the energization value.

  On the other hand, when it is determined in the power failure monitoring process S1202 that the power is out, the following process is executed. First, the value of the power failure information is changed from the energization value set in the RAM recovery setting process S1011 or the RAM initial setting process S1013 (see FIG. 11) to a predetermined power failure value. Also, a checksum value for a storage area in a predetermined range of the RAM is calculated, and the 2's complement of the checksum value is set as the RAM determination value. As a result, the pachinko machine 100 enters an infinite loop that does not perform substantial control such as game progress or monitoring of various sensors, and the state of the RAM after the RAM determination value is set is held based on the backup power. The Since the output state of the power failure signal is confirmed three times, each process of timer interruption is executed twice after the first reception of the power failure signal is detected.

  In the random number update process S1203, the winning random number counter related to the special symbol, the big hit symbol random number counter, the stop pattern selection counter, and the winning random number counter related to the normal symbol are updated. Specifically, when the value of the winning random number counter related to the special symbol is a value different from the specified maximum value (for example, “576”), the value is changed by “1” larger than the current value, and the special symbol is changed. When the value of the winning random number counter relating to is the specified maximum value, it is changed to the specified minimum value (“0”). However, if the value after the change is the same as the cyclic initial value for the winning random number counter related to the special symbol, the value of the winning random number counter related to the special symbol is the same as the winning random number initial value counter related to the special symbol. The cyclic initial value is also set to the same value as the winning random number initial value counter.

  The jackpot symbol random number counter, the stop pattern selection counter, and the winning random number counter related to the normal symbol are also updated in the same manner as the winning random number counter related to the special symbol. However, as the update range determined by the specified maximum value and specified minimum value of each counter, a unique value is set for each counter, and a plurality of counters are updated asynchronously. Is referred to an initial value counter unique to each counter. For example, the winning random number counter related to the special symbol and the winning random number initial value counter related to the special symbol have the same value range, and the big hit symbol random number counter and the big hit symbol random number initial value counter have the same value range, The winning random number counter related to the normal symbol and the winning random number initial value counter related to the normal symbol have the same value range.

  In the random number initial value update process S1204, the winning random number initial value counter related to the special symbol, the big hit symbol random number initial value counter, and the winning random number initial value counter related to the normal symbol are updated. Specifically, if the value of the winning random number initial value counter related to the special symbol is different from the specified maximum value (for example, “576”), the value is changed to a value “1” larger than the current value, When the value of the winning random number initial value counter related to the symbol is the specified maximum value, it is changed to the specified minimum value (“0”). The initial random number counter for the special symbol and the initial random number counter for the normal symbol are also the initial random numbers for the special symbol, except that the specified maximum value and the specified minimum value are unique to those counters. It is updated in the same way as the value counter.

  In the variation counter update processing S1205, the values of the first variation type counter to the fourth variation type counter for determining the variation time, variation pattern, and the like are updated. Specifically, when the value of the first variation type counter is a value different from a specified maximum value (for example, “187”), the value is changed to a value that is larger by “1” than the current value, and the first variation When the value of the type counter is the specified maximum value, it is changed to the specified minimum value (“0”). The second variation type counter to the fourth variation type counter are also updated in the same manner as the first variation type counter except that the specified maximum value and the specified minimum value are values unique to those counters. Is done.

  Note that each winning random number counter, jackpot symbol random number counter, stop pattern selection counter and each variation type counter related to special symbols and normal symbols are not necessarily configured as described above, and at least a part of the counter is configured as another configuration. For example, it may be configured to update from a constant initial value without using an initial value counter, or may be configured by a random number generating IC without using a program and refer to a value as necessary. .

  In the game stop determination process S1206, when the fraud detection information is a fraud detection value, it is updated to the game stop value and various information for stopping the progress of the game is set. On the other hand, if the fraud detection information is not a fraud detection value or if it is already a game stop value, the game stop determination process S1206 ends without executing each process for stopping the game progress. The fraud detection information is set to a fraud detection value when occurrence of various frauds is detected in the fraud detection processing S1211. In the determination process S1207, whether or not the game is stopped is determined based on whether or not the fraud detection information is a game stop value.

  In the control signal output process S1208, based on the control data stored in the output buffer, the special symbol display device 471 related to the first special symbol, the special symbol display device 472 related to the second special symbol, and the normal symbol related A signal for controlling various notification devices such as the normal symbol display device 473 is output. Further, based on the control data stored in the output buffer, signals for controlling various actuators such as the ball feed solenoid 332, the firing solenoid 334, the upper middle entry restriction solenoid 462, and the entry restriction solenoid 464 are output.

  In the switch reading process S1209, signals from the lower middle start winning switch 441, the upper middle start winning switch 442, the big winning switch 444, the combination operation switch 445, the start switch 446, and the general winning switches 448 and 449 are received. The state is read, and a change in the detection state of the game ball by various switches is detected.

  Specifically, in the switch reading process S1209, signal states from various switches are read into the input buffer (part of the RAM) twice at predetermined time intervals, and signals from the various switches are read. Each time, the signal state read for the first time (hereinafter abbreviated as “first signal state”) and the signal state read for the second time (hereinafter abbreviated as “second signal state”) Based on the detection state detected by the previous timer interrupt (hereinafter abbreviated as “previous detection state”), changes in the detection state of various switches are detected. For each switch, when the previous detection state is the off state, the first signal state is the on state, and when the second signal state is the on state, it is determined that the switch is on. Thus, a detection flag (a partial area of the RAM) corresponding to the type of switch is set. As described in the power failure monitoring process S1202, even if the power supply is stopped, each process of the timer interrupt is executed twice, so that the various switches are turned on immediately after the power supply is stopped. Even when it is started, detection flags of various switches can be set accurately.

  In the timer update process S1210, various timers (predetermined areas of the RAM) used for special symbol and normal symbol variation display, control of each gaming state, fraud monitoring, and the like are updated.

  In the fraud detection process S1211, an illegal act such as forcibly entering a game ball into various winning devices or forcibly operating various winning devices is detected. Specifically, the upper middle start winning device 432 and the big winning device 434 are forced to move to an allowable entry posture, the game balls are assigned to the distribution devices 481 and 482 by vibration, and the upper middle start is performed by radio waves. Induction of forced malfunctions of the winning device 432 and the upper grand winning device 434, guidance of game balls to various winning devices by magnetic attraction, the lower middle starting winning device 431, the upper middle starting winning device 432, and the big winning device The occurrence of a situation where there is a high possibility that an illegal act such as guiding a game ball to 434 at an abnormal timing is detected.

  In the winning detection response process S1212, control based on detection of a game ball by various switches provided in the game board 400 is executed. Specifically, when the lower middle start winning switch detection flag is set based on the detection of the game ball by the lower middle start winning switch 441 (see FIG. 10), the lower middle start winning counter ( The predetermined area of RAM) and the first payout counter (predetermined area of RAM) are updated. Further, when the upper middle start winning switch detection flag is set based on the detection of the game ball by the upper middle start winning switch 442 (see FIG. 10), the first payout counter is updated. Further, when the big prize switch detection flag is set based on the detection of the game ball by the big prize switch 444 (see FIG. 10), the big prize counter (a predetermined area of the RAM) and the second payout counter (RAM) Are updated).

  In the launch control process S1213, launch related information for controlling the launch of the game ball by the launch device 330 is updated. Specifically, the operation flag of the ball feed solenoid 332 that drives the ball feed mechanism 331 and the operation flag of the firing solenoid 334 that drives the firing mechanism 333 are updated.

  In the input signal monitoring process S1214, based on the output state of the signal from the open / close detection switch 108 (see FIG. 10) via the payout control board 930, an intermediate block is provided for the outer frame 101 (see FIGS. 1 and 2). It is detected whether 103 (refer FIG.1 and FIG.2) is closed. Further, based on the output state of the signal from the open / close detection switch 109 via the payout control board 930 (see FIG. 10), the front block 102 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) with respect to the intermediate block 103 (see FIGS. 2 and 3). 3) is detected.

  In the payout state monitoring process S1215, information indicating the payout control state output from the payout control board 930 is monitored, and various payout state commands corresponding to the payout control state are set as necessary. The sub-control board 940 that has received the payout state command causes the decorative symbol display device 479, the upper left acoustic device 281 and the upper right acoustic device 282 to perform notification according to the type of the payout state command.

  In the payout signal output process S1216, various prize ball commands are set based on the values of the first payout counter and the second payout counter as necessary, and output to the payout control board 930. The first payout counter and the second payout counter are updated according to the setting of the prize ball command. For example, the first payout counter is incremented by 1 each time a game ball corresponding to one winning is detected, and decremented by 1 each time a winning ball command based on the winning is set. Each time the payout control board 930 executes control for paying out the number of game balls (for example, 3) corresponding to the winning (specifically, shortly before the payout is completed), the main control board 920 is awarded. In a situation where a ball command is requested and the payout of a prize ball is continuing, a further prize ball command is output from the main control board 920. The second payout counter is a counter that is updated in response to a winning (for example, 13) that has a different number of prize balls than the first payout counter, and outputs a prize ball command based on the value of the second payout counter. When the 930 is received, the payout control board 930 executes control for paying out a number of game balls corresponding to the prize ball command.

  In the special symbol-related process S1217, control for holding the right of the unit game related to the first special symbol and control of the unit game related to the first special symbol are executed. Specifically, operation control of the special symbol hold display device 476 related to the first special symbol is executed in the hold control of the unit game right related to the first special symbol. In addition, in the control of the unit game related to the first special symbol, the operation control of the special symbol display device 471 related to the first special symbol is executed, and when the big win is won in the first special symbol lottery, the big prize device 434 is won. The operation control is further executed.

  Further, in the special symbol related process S1217, the unit game right holding control related to the second special symbol and the unit game control related to the second special symbol are executed. Specifically, the operation control of the special symbol hold display device 477 related to the second special symbol is executed in the hold control of the right of the unit game related to the second special symbol. In addition, in the control of the unit game related to the second special symbol, the operation control of the special symbol display device 472 related to the second special symbol is executed, and when the big win is won in the second special symbol lottery, the big prize device 434 is won. The operation control is further executed.

  In the normal symbol related process S1218, the unit game right holding control related to the normal symbol and the unit game control related to the normal symbol are executed. Specifically, the operation control of the normal symbol hold display device 478 is executed in the hold control of the right of the unit game related to the normal symbol. Further, in the control of the unit game related to the normal symbol, the operation control of the normal symbol display device 473 related to the normal symbol is executed, and when the normal symbol lottery is won, the operation control of the upper middle start winning device 432 is further executed. The

  In the display control processing S1219, the special symbol display device 471 related to the first special symbol, the special symbol display device 472 related to the second special symbol, the special symbol hold display device 476 related to the first special symbol in the special symbol related processing S1217, and Based on various information updated to control the operation of the special symbol hold display device 477 related to the second special symbol, output data for specifically operating these devices is synthesized. The synthesized output data is output to each device in the control signal output process S1208 based on the next timer interrupt.

  In the motor control process S1220, operation control of various motors is executed. In the external information output process S1221, output data to be output to an external device such as a data display device (not shown) or a management device (not shown) electrically connected to the pachinko machine 100 is set.

<Distributing device 481>
Next, the distribution device 481 described above will be described with reference to FIG. First, the structural configuration of the sorting device 481 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 (a) and 13 (b). FIG. 13A is a cross-sectional view of the sorting device 481 viewed from the front, and FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the sorting device 481 viewed from the right side. 13A and 13B schematically show the characteristic configuration of the sorting device 481, omitting a part of the configuration such as a mounting portion to the base body 401, The lower part of the dispensing device 481 allows a section of the spherical passage 651 communicating with the first outlet 611 to be seen.

  In FIG. 13A, for reference, a nail 411 disposed above the inlet 601 and a part of the lower structure 421 disposed below the distribution device 481 are illustrated. . 13A and 13B, for reference, a part of the game ball that flows down is illustrated, and a part of the flow path of the game ball is indicated by an arrow.

  As shown in FIGS. 13 (a) and 13 (b), the sorting device 481 has a substantially rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front or the right side, that is, a box having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole. An internal space formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape is formed inside. The inlet 601 of the sorting device 481 is formed on the left front side of the upper surface 621U of the sorting device 481. The rear side from the inlet 601 in the sorting device 481 is located behind the front surface of the base body 401 (that is, the surface on the side where the game area is formed). As shown in FIG. 13A, the game ball flowing down the game area on the left side with respect to the central structure 420 enters the entrance 601 through a pair of nails 411 erected upstream from the entrance 601. .

  Below the inlet 601 is provided a guide plate 622A that protrudes rearward (wall 621B side) from the wall 621F disposed on the front side of the sorting device 481. As a result, the game ball that has entered the sorting device 481 from the entrance 601 falls on the guide plate 622A. The guide plate 622A has a width extending over the wall portions 621L and 621R arranged on the left side and the right side of the sorting device 481, and the wall portion 621F and the wall from the back surface (the surface facing the wall portion 621B side) of the wall portion 621F. It is a plate-like member that protrudes to a substantially central position with the part 621B. The width over the wall portions 621L and 621R arranged on the left side and the right side is set to a width at which a plurality of game balls can be arranged side by side, for example, a width at which four game balls can be arranged side by side. .

  As shown in FIG. 13B, since the upper surface of the guide plate 622A is inclined downward as it approaches the wall portion 621B, the game ball dropped on the guide plate 622A from the entrance 601 is affected by its own weight. While descending on the guide plate 622A, it rolls backward (that is, the rear side of the paper surface in FIG. 13A and the right side in FIG. 13B). The game ball falls from the guide plate 622A due to its own weight when it passes the end of the guide plate 622A on the rear side (that is, the wall 621B side).

  Below the guide plate 622A, a guide plate 623A is provided that protrudes from the wall 621B disposed on the rear side of the sorting device 481 toward the front (the side of the wall 621F). The guide plate 623A has a width extending over the wall portions 621L and 621R, and protrudes from the back surface (the surface facing the wall portion 621F side) of the wall portion 621L to a substantially central position between the wall portion 621F and the wall portion 621B. It is a shaped member. Therefore, the game ball dropped from the guide plate 622A reaches the guide plate 623A.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (b), the upper surface of the guide plate 623A is inclined downward as it approaches the wall portion 621F, so that the game ball dropped on the guide plate 623A from the guide plate 622A is caused by its own weight. While descending on the guide plate 623A, it rolls forward (that is, the front side in FIG. 13A and the left side in FIG. 13B). The game ball falls from the guide plate 623A due to its own weight when it passes the end of the guide plate 623A on the front side (that is, the wall 621F side).

  As shown in FIG. 13B, below the guide plate 623A, in order from the top, a guide plate 622B that protrudes backward from the wall portion 621F, and a guide plate 623B that protrudes forward from the wall portion 621B. A guide plate 622C projecting rearward from the wall 621F, a guide plate 623C projecting forward from the wall 621B, 622D projecting rearward from the wall 621F, and forward from the wall 621B And a guide plate 623D that protrudes toward the center.

  The guide plates 622B, 622C, and 622D all have a width that extends across the wall portions 621L and 621R, as in the case of the guide plate 622A, and are positioned approximately at the center between the wall portion 621F and the wall portion 621B from the back surface of the wall portion 621F. It has a top surface that is inclined downward as it approaches the wall portion 621F. On the other hand, each of the guide plates 623B, 623C, and 623D has a width extending over the wall portions 621L and 621R, and is substantially the center between the wall portion 621F and the wall portion 621B from the back surface of the wall portion 621F, as with the guide plate 623A. It is a plate-like member which protrudes to the position, and has an upper surface which inclines downward as it approaches the wall portion 621F.

  Therefore, the game ball that has dropped from the guide plate 623A reaches the top of the guide plate 622B, and rolls backward while descending on the guide plate 622B due to its own weight, and moves the end of the back side of the guide plate 622B. It falls from the guide plate 622B. Next, the game ball that has fallen from the guide plate 622B reaches the top of the guide plate 623B, and rolls forward by its own weight while descending on the guide plate 623B, and the front end of the guide plate 623B. Fall over the.

  The game ball that has dropped from the guide plate 623B reaches the top of the guide plate 622C, and rolls backward while descending on the guide plate 622C due to its own weight, beyond the rear end of the guide plate 622C. It falls from the guide plate 622C. Next, the game ball that has dropped from the guide plate 622C reaches the top of the guide plate 623C, and rolls forward by its own weight while descending on the guide plate 623C, and the front end of the guide plate 623C. Fall over the.

  The game ball that has dropped from the guide plate 623C reaches the top of the guide plate 622D, and rolls backward while descending on the guide plate 622D due to its own weight, beyond the rear end of the guide plate 622D. It falls from the guide plate 622D. Next, the game ball that has dropped from the guide plate 622D reaches the top of the guide plate 623D, and rolls forward by its own weight while descending on the guide plate 623D, and the front end of the guide plate 623D. Fall over the.

  The game ball dropped from the guide plate 623D is discharged from the first outlet 611 or the second outlet 612 depending on where the guide plate 623D has dropped. More specifically, a game ball discharged from the discharge portion 641A of the central guide portion 641 described later enters the ball passage 651, flows down the ball passage 651, and is discharged from the first outlet 611 (arrow Q1). ). On the other hand, the game ball discharged from the discharge portion 642A of the peripheral guide portion 642, which will be described later, cannot enter the ball passage 651, and flows down the ball passage 661 formed around the ball passage 651, and the second outlet 662 (Arrow Q1).

  In this way, the game balls that have entered the sorting device 481 from the entrance 601 are distributed by the sorting device 481 by the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D provided in the sorting device 481. It is guided downward while moving back and forth inside, and discharged from either the first outlet 611 or the second outlet 612.

  Although details will be described later, the first outlet 671 in the sorting device 482 is more discharged when the game ball is discharged from the first outlet 611 than when the game ball is discharged from the second outlet 612 (see FIG. 14). Therefore, the first outlet 611 is a more advantageous outlet (exhaust part) than the second outlet 612.

  Next, the configuration of the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 13 (c) and 13 (d). FIG. 13C is a top view of the guide plate 622A and the guide plate 623A provided in the sorting device 481, and FIG. 13D is a diagram of the guide plate 622A along the line AA in FIG. It is sectional drawing. In FIG. 13 (d), an example of a game ball located on the guide plate 622A is shown for reference.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (c), on the upper surface of the guide plate 622A, a central guide portion 631 formed at a substantially central portion in the left-right direction at the end on the rear side (upper side in FIG. 13 (c)), A peripheral guiding portion 632 formed outside the central guiding portion 631 is formed.

  As shown in FIG. 13C, the central guiding portion 631 is a recess surrounded by a substantially U-shaped outer peripheral portion 631B as viewed from above, with the rear end being opened as a discharge portion 631A. The central guiding portion 631 is inclined downward from the front side (the wall portion 621F side) that becomes the bottom of the U-shape toward the discharge portion 631A.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 13C, the peripheral guiding portion 632 is substantially U-shaped along the central guiding portion 631 in which the left and right sides of the discharging portion 631A at the rear end are opened as the discharging portion 632A. It is a recessed part which can guide | invade a game ball by the path | route. The peripheral guiding portion 632 is also inclined downward from the front side (the wall portion 621F side) toward the discharge portion 632A.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (d), the central guiding portion 631 and the peripheral guiding portion 632 that are continuously provided with the outer peripheral portion 631B as a boundary have a relatively shallow depth of each concave portion with respect to the size of the game ball (for example, Therefore, a game ball that rolls on the guide plate 622A is relatively easy to move between the central guide portion 631 and the peripheral guide portion 632. Can come and go. With this configuration, the game ball rolling on the guide plate 622A is distributed to either the discharge unit 631A or the discharge unit 632A according to the rolling direction, and is discharged (falls) from the discharge unit of the distribution destination. ).

  As shown in FIG. 13 (d), the recess in the central guiding portion 631 is deeper than the depth of the recessed portion in the peripheral guiding portion 632, and the inclination from the bottom to the outer peripheral portion 631 </ b> B is in the peripheral guiding portion 632. This structure is configured to be steeper than the inclination, and this configuration increases the possibility that the game ball that has entered the central guiding portion 631 is discharged from the discharging portion 631A without exiting to the peripheral guiding portion 632. .

  On the upper surface of the guide plate 622A, two course direction changing portions 633 are provided in the peripheral guide portion 632. More specifically, of the two course direction changing sections 633, one course direction changing section 633 is provided on the left side of the central guiding section 631 in the front view of the gaming machine, and the other course direction changing section 633 is a gaming machine. It is provided on the right side of the central guiding portion 631 in front view.

  The course direction changing portion 633 is a substantially cylindrical projection having a rounded top portion, and protrudes from a portion that is substantially the bottom of the recess that constitutes the peripheral guide portion 632 as shown in FIG. . When a game ball that rolls around the peripheral guiding unit 632 contacts (collises) with the course direction changing unit 633, the course direction of the game ball changes due to the repulsion. Therefore, by providing the course direction changing unit 633 in the peripheral guide unit 632, a game ball that rolls around the peripheral guide unit 632 can enter the central guide unit 631.

  As shown in FIG. 13C, the two path direction changing portions 633 are formed at asymmetric positions on the guide plate 622A. Therefore, the behavior of the game ball in the peripheral guidance unit 632 can be made different between when the game ball rolls on the left side of the central guidance unit 631 in the front view of the gaming machine and when it rolls on the right side. The distribution of the game balls on the guide plate 622A (that is, whether the game balls are distributed to the discharge unit 631A or the discharge unit 632A) is difficult to be uniform, and the distribution by the guide plate 622A can be made random.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 13 (c), on the upper surface of the guide plate 623A, there is a central guide portion 641 formed at a substantially central portion in the left-right direction at the front side (lower side in FIG. 13 (c)). A peripheral guiding portion 642 formed outside the central guiding portion 641 is formed.

  As shown in FIG. 13C, the center guiding portion 641 is a recess surrounded by a substantially U-shaped outer peripheral portion 641B as viewed from above, with an end on the front side opened as a discharge portion 641A. The central guide portion 641 of the guide plate 623A is formed at a position where the discharge portion 642A faces the discharge portion 631A of the central guide portion 631 in the guide plate 622A that is arranged one step higher than the guide plate 623A in a top view. . The central guiding portion 641 is inclined downward as it goes from the rear side (the wall portion 621B side) serving as the bottom of the U shape toward the discharging portion 641A.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 13C, the peripheral guiding portion 642 is substantially U-shaped along the central guiding portion 641 in which the left and right sides of the discharging portion 641A at the front end are opened as discharging portions 642A. It is a recessed part which can guide | invade a game ball by the path | route. The peripheral guiding portion 642 is also inclined downward from the rear side (the wall portion 621B side) toward the discharge portion 642A.

  The central guiding portion 641 and the peripheral guiding portion 642 provided continuously with the outer peripheral portion 641B as a boundary are such that the depth of each concave portion is the same as that of the central guiding portion 631 and the peripheral guiding portion 632 of the guiding plate 622A described above. Therefore, the game ball rolling on the guide plate 623A can go back and forth between the central guide portion 641 and the peripheral guide portion 642 relatively easily.

  With this configuration, the game ball rolling on the guide plate 623A is distributed to either the discharge unit 641A or the discharge unit 642A according to the rolling direction, and is discharged (falls) from the discharge unit of the distribution destination. ).

  The concave portion in the central guiding portion 641 is deeper than the concave portion in the peripheral guiding portion 642 and the inclination from the bottom portion to the outer peripheral portion 641B is similar to that in the central guiding portion 631 of the guiding plate 622A. The slope is configured to be steeper than the slope, and this configuration increases the possibility that the game ball that has entered the central guiding portion 641 is discharged from the discharging portion 641A without exiting to the peripheral guiding portion 642. Yes.

  As described above, the central guide portion 641 of the guide plate 623A is formed at a position facing the guide plate 622A disposed one step higher than the guide plate 623A in the top view, and thus the discharge portion 631A of the guide plate 622A. There is a relatively high possibility that the game balls discharged from the center will enter the central guiding portion 641. Therefore, when the game ball on the guide plate 622A is discharged from the discharge portion 631A, the possibility that the game ball is discharged from the discharge portion 641A in the guide plate 623A increases.

  On the upper surface of the guide plate 623A, two course direction changing portions 643 are provided in the peripheral guide portion 642. More specifically, of the two course direction changing sections 643, one course direction changing section 643 is provided on the left side of the central guiding section 641 in the front view of the gaming machine, and the other course direction changing section 643 is a gaming machine. It is provided on the right side of the central guiding portion 641 in front view.

  The course direction changing portion 643 is a substantially cylindrical protrusion whose top is rounded, like the course direction changing portion 633. The course direction changing portion 643 protrudes from a portion that is substantially the bottom of the recess that constitutes the peripheral guide portion 642, as with the course direction changing portion 633. When a game ball that rolls around the peripheral guiding portion 642 contacts (collises) with the course direction changing unit 643, the course direction of the game ball changes due to the repulsion. Therefore, by providing the course direction changing unit 643 in the peripheral guide unit 642, a game ball rolling on the peripheral guide unit 642 can be caused to enter the central guide unit 641.

  The two course direction changing portions 643 are formed at left and right asymmetric positions on the guide plate 623A, similarly to the course direction changing portion 633 formed on the guide plate 622A. Therefore, in the guide plate 623A, as with the guide plate 622A, it is difficult to distribute the game balls (that is, to which of the discharge unit 641A or the discharge unit 642A), and the distribution by the guide plate 623A is random. it can.

  Further, the two course direction changing portions 643 are provided at positions that do not overlap the formation position of the course direction changing portion 633 on the guide plate 622A. Thereby, the distribution behavior of the game balls in the guide plate 623A can be different from the distribution behavior of the game balls in the guide plate 622A, so that the game balls flow down from the top to the bottom in the sorting device 481. In this case, it is difficult to uniformly distribute the game balls by the distribution device 481 (that is, whether the game balls are distributed to the first outlet 611 or the second outlet 612) by randomizing the traveling direction of the game balls. The distribution by the device 481 can be made random.

  In FIG. 13C, the guide plate 622A and the guide plate 623A are illustrated, but the upper surfaces of the guide plates 622B, 622C, and 622D arranged on the same side as the guide plate 622A and the same side as the guide plate 623A The upper surfaces of the guide plates 623B, 623C, and 623D arranged in the same manner are configured similarly to the guide plates 622A and 623A, respectively.

  That is, on the upper surface of the guide plates 622B, 622C, and 622D, a central guide portion 631, a peripheral guide portion 632, and a course direction changing portion 633 similar to the guide plate 622A are provided, and the guide plates 623B, 623C, On the upper surface of 623D, a central guiding portion 641, a peripheral guiding portion 642, and a course direction changing portion 643 similar to 623A are provided.

  Accordingly, the game balls that have entered from the entrance 601 roll on the central guide portion 631 or the peripheral guide portion 632 of the guide plate 622A, and are appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 632A, and the discharge of the distribution destination It is discharged (falls) from the part 631A or the discharge part 632A. Next, the game ball rolls around the central guide portion 641 or the peripheral guide portion 642 of the guide plate 623A and is appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 641A or the discharge portion 642A, and the discharge portion 641A or discharge destination of the distribution destination. It is discharged from the part 642A.

  Next, the game balls roll around the central guide portion 631 or the peripheral guide portion 632 of the guide plate 622B and are appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 632A, and the discharge portion 631A or It is discharged from the discharge unit 632A. Next, the game ball rolls around the central guide portion 641 or the peripheral guide portion 642 of the guide plate 623B and is appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 641A or the discharge portion 642A, and the discharge portion 641A or the discharge destination of the distribution destination. It is discharged from the part 642A.

  Next, the game ball rolls around the central guide portion 631 or the peripheral guide portion 632 of the guide plate 622C and is appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 632A, and the discharge portion 631A or the distribution destination. It is discharged from the discharge unit 632A. Next, the game balls roll around the central guide portion 641 or the peripheral guide portion 642 of the guide plate 623C and are appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 641A or the discharge portion 642A, and the discharge portion 641A or the discharge destination of the distribution destination It is discharged from the part 642A.

  Next, the game balls roll around the central guide portion 631 or the peripheral guide portion 632 of the guide plate 622D, and are appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 632A, and the discharge destination 631A or the distribution destination It is discharged from the discharge unit 632A. Then, the game ball rolls around the central guide portion 641 or the peripheral guide portion 642 of the guide plate 623D and is appropriately distributed to either the discharge portion 641A or the discharge portion 642A, and the discharge portion 641A or discharge destination of the distribution destination It is discharged from the part 642A.

  As described above, when a game ball on a predetermined guide plate (for example, the guide plate 622A) is discharged from the discharge unit 631A, the game ball is positioned one step below the guide plate (for example, Since the possibility of being discharged from the discharge portion 641A in the guide plate 623A) is increased, the game ball is placed in the central guide portion 631 or the central guide portion 641 in any of the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D. In the case where the game ball is discharged from the discharge portion 631A or the central guide portion 641, the possibility that the game ball alternately passes through the central guide portion 631 and the central guide portion 641 on the lower guide plate is increased.

  Therefore, in any of the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, when the game ball is discharged from the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 641A, the discharge portion 641A of the guide plate 623D located at the lowermost stage. Game balls are likely to be discharged from

  In addition, when a game ball on a predetermined guide plate (for example, the guide plate 622A) is discharged from the discharge unit 631A or the discharge unit 641A, the game ball has no collision with other game balls. The shapes of the central guide portions 631 and 641 may be set so as to be surely discharged from the discharge portion 641A or the discharge portion 631A of the guide plate (for example, the guide plate 623A) located one step below.

  Next, referring to FIG. 13 (e), the game balls discharged (fallen) from the lowermost guide plate 623D via the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, and 623C. The movement route will be described. FIG. 13E is a schematic diagram for explaining a moving path of a game ball discharged (falling) from the lowermost guide plate 623D. In addition, in FIG.13 (e), the external shape of guide plate 623D is illustrated with the dashed line. Further, in FIG. 13 (e), for reference, a part of the game ball that flows down is illustrated, and a part of the flow path of the game ball is illustrated by arrows.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (e), the game ball discharged from the discharge portion 641A of the guide plate 623D enters the ball passage 651 and is discharged from the first outlet 611. Therefore, in the process in which the game balls are guided from the top to the bottom by being guided by the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D, the game balls flow down through the central guide portions 631 and 641. In this case, the game ball is finally discharged from the first outlet 611.

  On the other hand, the game ball discharged from the discharge portion 642A of the guide plate 623D does not enter the ball passage 651, passes through the ball passage 651 formed around the ball passage 651, and is discharged from the second outlet 612. The

  More specifically, the game ball discharged from the left discharge portion 642A in front view of the gaming machine falls to the left side portion from the ball passage 651 in the ball passage 661 and collides with the front wall portion 621F of the sorting device 481. Thereafter, the left portion proceeds along the route indicated by the arrow QA and is discharged from the second outlet 662. On the other hand, the game ball discharged from the right discharge portion 642A in front view of the gaming machine falls to the right side portion from the ball passage 651 in the ball passage 661 and collides with the front wall portion 621F of the sorting device 481, and then the ball The right side portion and the rear side portion of the passage 661 from the ball passage 651 travel along the route indicated by the arrow QB, and are discharged from the second outlet 662.

<Distributor 482>
Next, the above-described sorting device 482 will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15. FIG. 14A is a front view of the lower structure 421, and FIG. 14B is a top view of the sorting device 482. In FIG. 14A, the outline of each structure such as the lower structure 421 and the sorting device 482 provided in the lower structure 421 is illustrated. Further, in FIG. 14 (a), instead of showing the outer shapes of the ball passages 691, 692, and 693 formed in the lower structure 421, a flow path of game balls is illustrated.

  14 (a) and 14 (b), for reference, a part of the game ball that flows down is shown, and a part of the flow path of the game ball is shown by an arrow. Further, in FIG. 14B, circle numbers are attached as a reference for facilitating the distinction between the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674 provided in the sorting device 482.

  As shown in FIG. 14 (a), the allocating device 482 is gradually reduced in diameter from the upper opening edge side toward the bottom side, and the upper surface supports the lower side of the game ball by the upper surface. It is a minute device. As shown in FIG. 14 (b), one first outlet 671 is formed in the sorting device 482 so as to penetrate the center of the dish-shaped portion, and is provided at the end on the most downstream side of the dish-shaped portion.

  Three second outlets 672 are formed at substantially equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the circumference J1 on the circumference J1 having the radius R1 from the center of the dish-shaped portion in the sorting device 482. The second outlet 672 is opened at a position higher than the first outlet 671 and is provided on the upstream side of the first outlet 671.

  On the circumference J2 of radius R2 (radius R1 <radius R2) from the center of the dish-shaped portion in the sorting device 482, eight third outlets 673 are formed penetratingly at substantially equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the circumference J2. ing. The third outlet 673 has an opening formed at a position higher than the first outlet 671 and the second outlet 672 and is provided upstream of the first outlet 671 and the second outlet 672.

  On the circumference J3 of radius R3 (radius R2 <radius R3) from the center of the dish-shaped portion in the sorting device 482, four fourth outlets 674 are formed penetratingly at substantially equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the circumference J3. ing. The fourth outlet 674 has an opening formed at a position higher than the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, and the third outlet 673, and is provided upstream of the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, and the third outlet 673. Yes.

  The first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, and the fourth outlet 674 are marked with “1”, “2”, “3”, and “4”, respectively. Yes.

  Here, the size of the first outlet 671 is larger than the other outlets 672, 673, 674. 14B, three second outlets 672, eight third outlets 673, and four fourth outlets 674 include one second outlet 672, one fourth outlet 674, and the like. However, the other outlets 672, 673, 674 are arranged on different lines extending in the outer peripheral direction from the center of the dish-shaped portion. It is configured to be arranged. In addition, all the exits 671 to 674 may be formed in the same size, and all the exits 672, 673, and 674 are different in the outer peripheral direction from the center of the dish-shaped portion in the sorting device 482. You may comprise so that it may arrange | position on a line.

  As shown in FIG. 14A, a plate-like discharge regulating plate 483 is provided below the sorting device 482 along the shape of the lower surface of the sorting device 482. The discharge restriction plate 483 is formed with a substantially rectangular opening 483A penetrating from the center to the right side of the discharge restriction plate 483 when viewed from above. The opening 483A is configured to have a size such that the left side thereof overlaps with the first outlet 671 when viewed from above and the right side thereof can overlap with the fourth outlet 674 positioned at the outermost side when viewed from above.

  Therefore, the game balls distributed to the first outlet 671 in the distribution device 482 are always discharged through the opening 483A. On the other hand, the game balls distributed to the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, and the fourth outlet 674 have the outlets 672, 673, 674, which are the distribution destinations of the game balls, in the top view. It is discharged only when the position overlaps the opening 483A to the extent that it can be discharged. In other cases, the game balls distributed to the outlets 672, 673, and 674 are not discharged because they are supported by the discharge restriction plate 483 from below.

  The distribution device 482 is driven by the drive mechanism 456 and rotates in a counterclockwise direction (arrow R direction) in a top view at a predetermined speed (for example, approximately 10 seconds for one rotation). Therefore, when the game balls are distributed to the outlets 672, 673, 674 at positions where the outlets 672, 673, 674 do not overlap the opening 483A in a top view, the game balls are assigned to the outlets 672, which are the distribution destinations of the game balls. The 673 and 674 are not discharged until reaching the position overlapping the opening 483A so that the game ball can be discharged in the top view by the rotation of the sorting device 482, and discharged when reaching the position.

  As shown in FIG. 14A, a discharge restriction mechanism 484 is provided below the discharge restriction plate 483. The discharge restriction mechanism 484 includes a movable piece that can overlap in the top view in a region of the opening 483A that overlaps the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674 in the top view. The movable piece is driven by a drive solenoid 684 (see FIG. 10) connected to the main control board 920, and is positioned behind the opening 483A (upper side in FIG. 14B) shown in FIG. 14B. Transition between a discharge allowable posture to be performed and a discharge restriction posture overlapping the opening 483A in a top view. The drive source for driving the movable piece of the discharge regulating mechanism 484 is not limited to the drive solenoid 684, and various drive sources such as a stepping motor and a DC motor may be used.

  When the movable piece of the discharge restricting mechanism 484 takes the discharge restricting posture, the game balls distributed to the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet have the outlet 673.674 to which the game balls are distributed at the opening 483A in a top view. Even if they overlap, the movable piece of the discharge regulating mechanism 484 is not discharged because it supports the game ball from below.

  The discharge restriction mechanism 484 shifts to the discharge restriction posture when the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 moves in the arrow M direction while in the time-short state. As a result, in the short-time state, the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674 are blocked by the movable piece of the discharge regulating mechanism 484, so that the game balls that have entered the sorting device 872 are not the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet. Without being discharged from 674, it is discharged from either the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672. Therefore, in the short-time state, the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 shifts to the discharge restriction posture, thereby reducing the number of outlets from which the game balls can be discharged from the sorting device 872, and accordingly, the first outlet 671. Alternatively, the probability that game balls are discharged from the second exit 672 is increased. It should be noted that the transition to the discharge regulation posture in the short-time state does not necessarily have to be performed continuously, but temporarily takes a certain time (for example, 5 minutes) in the discharge allowable posture at a constant cycle (for example, a cycle of 3 minutes). (Second)).

  As shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the game ball (arrow Q1) discharged from the first outlet 611 by the sorting by the sorting device 481 is a ball formed in the lower structure 421. It passes through the passage 691 and is discharged (dropped) between the circumference J1 and the circumference J2 from the upper side of the sorting device 482 (the front side in FIG. 14B) (arrow Q5).

  When a game ball enters the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 691, the gaming ball moves from the falling point to the bottom side of the sorting device 482 (the center of the dish-shaped portion without almost circling on the sorting device 482). ) Since the 3rd exit 673 and the 4th exit 674 are located in the opening edge side (namely, the higher side) from the fall point of the game ball which entered the sorting device 482 via ball path 691, the game ball concerned is the 3rd It does not enter the outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674. Therefore, since the distribution destination of the game ball that has entered the distribution device 482 via the ball passage 691 is either the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672, the probability that the game ball is distributed to the first outlet 671 is: Compared to the case where the game ball enters from the opening edge side of the sorting device 482, the probability becomes high.

  On the other hand, the game ball discharged from the second outlet 612 by the sorting by the sorting device 481 (arrow Q2), and the game ball that entered the lower structure 421 from the left game area with respect to the central structure 420 (arrow Q3) Passes through a spherical passage 692 formed in the lower structure 421, and from the left side of the opening edge of the sorting device 482, the sorting device 482 faces away from the direction of rotation of the sorting device 482 (arrow R direction). Is discharged along the opening edge (arrow Q6).

  When a game ball enters the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 692, the game ball goes around the sorting device 482 in the clockwise direction and goes to the bottom side of the sorting device 482 (the center of the dish-shaped portion). . In such a case, since the traveling direction of the game ball that circulates on the sorting device 482 is opposite to the rotation direction of the sorting device 482, the gaming ball that has entered the sorting device 482 via the ball path 692 is relatively fast. At the timing, contact is made with the edge of the fourth outlet 674 or the third outlet 673 and the direction is changed, and thereafter, it is distributed to one of the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, or the fourth outlet 674. Until it is rolled, it rolls on the sorting device 482 while appropriately contacting the edges of the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674.

  This delays the movement time of the game ball until the game ball that has entered the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 692 is distributed to any of the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674, so that the player It is easy to follow the exit to which the ball has been distributed.

  In addition, since the direction of the game ball is appropriately changed during rolling, it is possible to increase the chance of being distributed to the exits 671, 672, 673, 674. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game balls from becoming monotonous. In the normal gaming state, the player plays a game using the left-handed gaming method, aiming to win the first special symbol lottery. Therefore, during the normal game state, the game ball easily enters the sorting device 482 via the ball path 692. As a result, in the normal gaming state, the player aims to win the first special symbol lottery while enjoying the sorting behavior of the game balls that have entered from the ball passage 692 (that is, winning the lower middle start winning device 431). Aim) Can play games.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 14B, of the four fourth outlets 674 formed around the first outlet 671, the three fourth outlets 674 are between the first outlet 671 and the second outlet 671. 672 or the 3rd exit 673 is provided in the position which does not exist. With this arrangement, the game ball that has entered the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 692 comes into contact with the edge of any one of the three fourth outlets 674, so that the first ball exits toward the first outlet 671 as it is. It is possible to create a situation that is distributed to the outlet 671.

  Further, the game ball (arrow Q4) that has flowed down the game area on the right side with respect to the central structure 420 and entered the lower structure 421 passes through the ball passage 693 formed in the lower structure 421, and is distributed to the distribution device. From the front side (lower side in FIG. 14 (b)) of the discharge regulating mechanism 484 to the bottom side (center of the dish-shaped portion) on the right side of the opening edge of 482, from the front side (lower side in FIG. 14B) of the discharge regulating mechanism 484. It is discharged (arrow Q7).

  When a game ball enters the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 693, the game ball moves toward the bottom side (the center of the dish-shaped portion) of the sorting device 482 with little orbiting on the sorting device 482. Roll down. In such a case, the distribution (entrance) to each of the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674 is likely to be completed early as long as it does not circulate on the distribution device 482. Further, since the sorting device 482 rotates clockwise, it is sorted to the outlets 672, 673, 674 on the front side of the opening 483A of the discharge regulating mechanism 484, so that it is sorted to the outlets 672, 673, 674. The game balls are discharged through the opening 483A at a relatively early timing.

  In the short-time state (the short-time game state and the probability variation game state), the player plays the game using the right-handed game technique with the aim of winning the second special symbol lottery. Therefore, during the time-shortening state, the game ball enters the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 693. The game balls that have entered the sorting device 482 via the ball passage 693 are distributed (discharged) to the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674 at a relatively early timing, so that the player can finish changing display in a short time. In a short time period, as many game balls as possible can be efficiently won by the upper middle start winning device 432, and a game with a large number of variable display executions per hour and a large number of lotteries can be provided.

  In addition, the player can play as many game balls as possible in the special prize state 434 during the special game state by playing the game using the right-handed game technique in the special game state. In the special game state, by performing the right-handed game technique, the game ball can be entered into the distribution device 482 without passing through the distribution device 481, so that the special game state also in this respect. During this period, as many game balls as possible can be awarded to the grand prize winning device 434 efficiently.

  Thus, the behavior of the game ball in the sorting device 482 can be changed depending on where the game ball enters the lower structure 421 (that is, which of the ball passages 691 to 693 has passed). .

  FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram for explaining the distribution result by the distribution device 482. In FIG. 15, a part of the path of the game ball discharged from each outlet 671, 672, 673, 674 is shown by an arrow for reference. In addition, in these arrows, the same circle numbers as those in FIG. 14B corresponding to the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674 are given.

  First, the case of the normal gaming state will be described with reference to FIG. In the normal gaming state, both the entry restriction mechanism 454 of the big prize device 434 and the entry restriction mechanism 452 of the upper middle start prize device 432 are in the entry restriction posture (that is, closed).

  Therefore, the game ball discharged from the first outlet 671 by the sorting by the sorting device 482 (circled number “1”) passes in front of the big winning device 434 and the upper middle starting winning device 432, and the lower middle starting. Enter the winning device 431.

  On the other hand, the game ball (circle number “2”) discharged from the second outlet 672 by the sorting by the sorting device 482 passes in front of the big winning device 434 and the upper middle starting winning device 432, and the lower middle starting. The right side of the winning device 431 flows down. In this case, the game ball is discharged from the discharge port 401A and guided to a collection discharge passage (not shown).

  In addition, the game ball discharged from the third outlet 673 by the sorting by the sorting device 482 (circle numeral “3”) passes in front of the big winning device 434, and the upper middle start winning device 432 and the general winning device 439. It flows down between. Also in this case, the game ball is discharged from the discharge port 401A and guided to the collection discharge passage.

  In addition, the game ball discharged from the fourth outlet 674 by the sorting by the sorting device 482 (circled number “4”) passes in front of the big winning device 434 and enters the general winning device 439.

  Therefore, in the normal gaming state, the game balls discharged from the first outlet 671 become a start winning prize of the first special symbol, and the game balls discharged from the fourth outlet 674 do not receive the winning lottery (a certain number ( For example, it is a general prize in which 5 game balls are paid out as prize balls. The game balls discharged from the second outlet 672 or the third outlet 673 are discharged without winning.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 15, the game discharged | emitted from each exit 671-674 so that the game ball discharged | emitted from the 1st exit 671, the 2nd exit 672, the 3rd exit 673, and the 4th exit 674 may not be confused. A sphere guiding member 486 is provided to project the sphere flow-down passage.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 15B, the case of the special game state will be described. In the special game state, the entry restriction mechanism 454 of the special prize winning device 434 is in the entry allowable posture (that is, opened) in a predetermined pattern.

  Therefore, when the entry restricting mechanism 454 of the special winning device 434 is in the approach permitting posture (that is, the special winning opening is open), the game balls discharged from the first outlet 671 by the sorting by the sorting device 482 (Circled number “1”), game balls discharged from the second outlet 672 (circled number “2”), game balls discharged from the third outlet 673 (rounded number “3”), and All of the game balls discharged from the 4 outlet 674 (the circled number “4”) enter the grand prize winning device 434.

  Therefore, in the special game state, the game discharged from the sorting device 482 regardless of whether the game ball is discharged from the first outlet 671, the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, or the fourth outlet 674. The ball can be allowed to enter the big prize device 434 (that is, the big prize opening being opened) in which the entry regulation mechanism 454 is in the entry allowable posture.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 15C, the case of the short time state will be described. In the short-time state, the entry restriction mechanism 454 of the big prize winning device 434 is in the entry restriction posture (that is, closed).

  Therefore, when the entry restriction mechanism 452 of the upper middle start prize-winning device 432 is in the allowance for entering position (that is, the start port is open), the game balls discharged from the first outlet 671 by sorting by the sorting device 482 ( Both the circled numbers “1”) and the game balls discharged from the second outlet 672 (circled numbers “2”) enter the upper middle start winning device 432. On the other hand, in the time-short state, the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 is in the discharge restriction posture, so that the game ball is not discharged from the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674.

  Therefore, the outlets that can be discharged in the short-time state are limited to the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672, and the game discharged from the sorting device 482 regardless of which of the outlets 671 and 672 is discharged. The ball can be allowed to enter the big prize device 434 (that is, the big prize opening being opened) in which the entry regulation mechanism 454 is in the entry allowable posture.

  In the short-time state, the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674 are blocked by the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484, so that the game ball that has entered the sorting device 872 is released from the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672. The probability of being discharged is higher than that in the normal gaming state. Therefore, during the short-time state, a state in which a game ball is likely to enter the upper middle start winning device 432 is created, and the upper middle starting winning device 432 is awarded. Is supported.

  Next, the operation and effect of the pachinko machine 100 described above will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D provided in the sorting device 481 are alternately arranged in the front-rear direction. It is rotated 180 degrees every time it is lowered by one stage. Therefore, even when the pachinko machine 100 is provided to be inclined in the front-rear direction, one of the guide plates 622A, 622B, 622C, 622D or the guide plates 623A, 623B, 623C, 623D is tilted with the pachinko machine 100. As a result, the game ball flows downward at a high speed, so that it is difficult for the game ball to be discharged from the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 641A. On the other hand, on the other hand, since the game ball easily stays on the guide plate, the game ball easily enters the central guide portion 631 or the central guide portion 641 and is easily discharged from the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 641A. .

  Accordingly, among the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D, the discharge portion 631A or the central guide portion of the central guide portion 631 in a direction that cancels the influence of the inclination of the pachinko machine 100. Since there is a guide plate to which the 641 discharge portion 641A is directed, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the probability of the game ball discharged from the first outlet 611 due to the influence of the inclination.

  In the sorting device 482, a second outlet 672, a third outlet 673, and a fourth outlet 674 are provided in the circumferential direction centering on the first outlet 671. As described above, by providing the outlets 672, 673, and 674 in the circumferential direction around the first outlet 671, even when the pachinko machine 100 is provided inclined, the direction in which the inclination decreases is as follows. Since the order of the 4th exit 674, the 3rd exit 673, the 2nd exit 672, and the 1st exit 671 is maintained, the game discharged from the 1st exit 611 under the influence of the inclination like distribution device 481 It can suppress that the probability of a sphere fluctuates.

  In the sorting device 482, the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, and the fourth outlet 674 are arranged in the circumferential direction around the first outlet 671, so that the first outlet 671 and other outlets are arranged. It is not arranged concentrically with 672, 673, 674. Therefore, unlike the conventional crune, the size of the first outlet 671 does not need to be the same as the size of the other outlets 672, 673, 674, so the size of the first outlet 671 is the same as that of the other outlets 672, 673. , 674 can be formed. By forming the size of the first outlet 671 larger than the other outlets 672, 673, 674, it is possible to make the player expect the game balls to be distributed to the first outlet 671.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the game balls distributed to the first outlet 671 in the distribution device 482 have different results according to the game state. In other words, in the normal game state, the game ball distributed to the first outlet 671 enters the lower middle start winning device 431, and in the short-time state, the game ball distributed to the first outlet 671 is an entry restriction mechanism. 452 enters the upper middle start prize-winning device 432 that has entered the approach-permitted posture. In the special game state, the game balls distributed to the first outlet 671 enter the big prize device 434 in which the entry restriction mechanism 454 is in the entry allowable posture.

  Similarly, the game balls distributed to the second outlet 672 in the distribution device 482 also have different results according to the game state. That is, in the normal game state, the game balls distributed to the second outlet 672 are discharged from the discharge port 401A (that is, discharged without acquiring a privilege), and in the short-time state, the game balls are distributed to the second outlet 672. The game ball enters the upper middle start winning device 432 in which the entry restriction mechanism 452 is in the entry allowable posture. Further, in the special game state, the game balls distributed to the second outlet 672 enter the big winning device 434 in which the entry restriction mechanism 454 is in the entry allowable posture.

  Further, the game balls distributed to the third outlet 673 in the distribution device 482 also have different results according to the game state. That is, in the normal game state and the short time state, the game ball distributed to the third outlet 673 is discharged from the discharge port 401A, and in the special game state, the game ball distributed to the second outlet 672 is an entry restriction mechanism. 454 enters the big prize winning device 434 that has entered the approach allowable posture.

  Similarly, the game balls distributed to the fourth outlet 674 in the distribution device 482 also have different results according to the game state. That is, in the normal game state, the game balls distributed to the fourth outlet 674 enter the general winning device 439, and in the short-time state, the game balls distributed to the fourth outlet 674 enter the entry restriction mechanism 452. The vehicle enters the upper middle start winning device 432 in the permitted posture. In the special game state, the game balls distributed to the fourth outlet 674 enter the big winning device 434 in which the entry restriction mechanism 454 is in the entry allowable posture.

  In this way, with respect to each of the outlets 671, 672, 673, 674 formed in the distribution device 482, whether or not there is a privilege (for example, special symbol lottery or prize ball) that can be acquired when it is distributed, can be acquired. Since the type of a privilege and the value of a privilege that can be acquired (for example, the number of prize balls, etc.) are configured to change according to the gaming state, the game distribution of gaming balls by the distribution device 482 is monotonous. Can be suppressed.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, in the normal gaming state, the game balls distributed to the first outlet 671 can enter the lower middle start winning device 431, whereas in the short-time state, When the entry restriction mechanism 454 shifts to the entry allowable posture, the game balls distributed to the first outlet 671 and the second outlet 672 can enter the upper middle start winning device 432.

  As described above, in the short-time state, the second exit 672 that has not been able to generate the special symbol lottery right in the normal gaming state functions as an exit from which the special symbol lottery right can be obtained. The ratio of the number of outlets (first outlet 671, second outlet 672) that can acquire the right of special symbol drawing to the outlets 671 to 674 provided in the outlet, that is, the outlets 671 to 674 provided in the sorting device 482 The ratio of the area of the entrance area of the exit (the first exit 671 and the second exit 672) that can acquire the right of the special symbol lottery with respect to the area of the entrance area can be increased as compared with the normal gaming state. . As a result, in the short-time state, the probability that the game balls are distributed to the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672 by the distribution device 482 is increased, and the right of special symbol lottery is more likely to occur than in the normal game state. Can be created.

  Further, in the short-time state, the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674 are blocked by the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484, and in this respect as well, there is a special effect on the outlets 671 to 674 provided in the sorting device 482. The ratio of the number of exits that can acquire the symbol drawing right can be increased as compared with the normal gaming state. Therefore, also in this respect, it is possible to create a state in which the right of special symbol lottery is more likely to occur than in the normal gaming state in a short time state.

Second Embodiment
Next, a second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 20. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment, the nail 411 is provided as a flow changing member in the game area, whereas in the pachinko machine 100 according to the second embodiment, the nail 411 is not provided in the game area. It is supposed to be configured. In the following description, the same components as those in the first embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.

  FIG. 16 is a front view of a game board 400A in the pachinko machine 100 of the second embodiment. In addition, in FIG. 16, while showing the outline external shape about main structures provided in a game area | region, such as the center structure 420, a part of game ball which flows down is shown for reference.

  In the game board 400A, a base body 701 having a recess whose bottom is the front surface of the game area is used instead of the flat base body 401 provided in the game board 400 of the first embodiment. The base body 701 may be configured by a single member, for example, may be formed by injection molding, or may be configured by combining a plurality of members, for example, a portion protruding to the front side of the recess. And the rear portion may be formed by combining different members.

  Here, although details will be described later, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the depth in the front-rear direction of the game area (that is, the width in the front-rear direction) is such that the game balls are aligned in the front-rear direction at the same time. It is configured to pass through. A discharge port 701 </ b> A similar to the discharge port 401 </ b> A (see FIG. 7) is provided in the most downstream portion of the game area in the base 701.

  The game board 400A is provided with an outer rail 402 that smoothly curves from the lower left to the upper right in a region that forms the outer edge of the game region in the base 701 (that is, a region that is located in front of the bottom of the recess of the base 701). Yes. On the other hand, the base 701 has an inner rail portion 703 that smoothly curves from the lower right to the upper left of the base 701 and functions in the same manner as the inner rail 403 (see FIG. 7). Yes.

  A launch passage 701B similar to the launch passage 401B (see FIG. 7) is formed in a portion between the outer rail 402 and the inner rail portion 703 facing in parallel. The depth of the launch passage 701B (that is, the width in the front-rear direction) is the depth at which one game ball can pass through the launch passage 701B one by one (that is, it cannot pass side by side in the front-rear direction). A return ball prevention mechanism 404 is attached to the upper left end of the inner rail portion 703, and a recoil prevention member 405 is attached to the upper right end of the outer rail 402.

  In the game board 400A, as shown in FIG. 20, as a flow changing member that replaces a flow changing member such as a nail 411 and a windmill 412 provided in the game board 400 of the first embodiment, a front protruding from the front of the game area is provided. A thin plate-like wall portion 711 is provided in the game area. A central structure 420 is provided in the approximate center of the game area.

  A distribution passage portion 721 is provided on the left side of the central structure 420. The detailed structure will be described later with reference to FIG. 17, but the distribution passage portion 721 distributes the game ball flowing down the game area on the upper left side with respect to the central structure 420 to the left of the central structure 420. The game is distributed to either the device 481 or the left game area (hereinafter also referred to as “left game area”) 701C with respect to the central structure 420. Further, the distribution passage portion 721 is disposed near the inner rail portion 703, and specifically, is provided at a position sandwiching a passage through which the game balls flow down with respect to the inner rail portion 703. That is, the distribution passage portion 721 is arranged adjacent to the inner rail portion 703 across a space where the game ball flows down.

  On the lower side with respect to the central structure 420, a distribution prize device 731 is provided. Similarly to the lower middle start winning device 431 (see FIG. 7), the distribution winning device 731 includes a first start winning device (not shown) that is a start device related to the first special symbol, and an upper middle start winning device 432. Similarly to (see FIG. 7), a second start winning device (not shown), which is a starting device related to the second special symbol, and a game ball that has entered from an entrance provided on the upper side of the distribution winning device 731 A distribution unit (not shown) for alternately distributing the first start winning device or the second starting winning device is provided.

  Therefore, the game ball that has entered the distribution prize device 731 enters the first start prize device, and the game ball has the same start prize switch (not shown) as the lower middle start prize switch 441 (see FIG. 10). Is detected, the first special symbol start prize is awarded, and the first special symbol lottery is performed. On the other hand, a game ball that has entered the distribution winning device 731 enters the second start winning device, and the game ball is a start winning switch (not shown) similar to the upper middle start winning switch 442 (see FIG. 10). If it is detected, the second special symbol is selected and the second special symbol lottery is performed.

  A sorting device 782 is provided on the upper side of the sorting and winning device 731. The distribution device 782 is a dish-shaped distribution device that gradually decreases in diameter from the upper opening edge side toward the bottom side and can support the lower side of the game ball by the upper surface. The sorting device 782 has a plurality of outlets.

  The plurality of discharge portions are configured by a specific discharge port formed in the center of the dish-shaped portion and a plurality of non-specific discharge ports formed in each circumferential direction of a plurality of concentric circles centering on the specific discharge port. Is done. The specific discharge port is a discharge port through which the discharged game ball can enter the distribution winning device 731, and the non-specific discharge port is a discharge port through which the discharged game ball can enter the distribution winning device 731. .

  When the game balls distributed by the distribution device 481 are discharged from the first outlet 611, the game balls pass through a predetermined advantageous passage (not shown), and the non-specific discharge port is a dish in the distribution device 782. It is dropped toward the position from above the position that is not formed on the same line extending in the outer peripheral direction from the center of the shaped portion. In such a case, the game ball descends from the falling point toward the bottom side (the center of the dish-shaped portion) of the sorting device 782 without almost circling on the sorting device 782, and thus easily enters the specific outlet. .

  On the other hand, when the game ball distributed by the distribution device 481 is discharged from the second outlet 612, the game ball passes through a predetermined disadvantageous path (not shown) and passes through the opening edge of the distribution device 482. , And discharged along the opening edge. In this case, the game ball goes to the bottom side of the sorting device 782 (the center of the dish-like portion) while circling clockwise on the sorting device 782. Therefore, when the game ball passes through the disadvantageous passage, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the specific outlet is lower than that when the game ball passes through the advantageous passage.

  On the right side of the central structure 420, a starting device 736 according to a normal design similar to the starting device 436 (see FIG. 7) is provided. When a game ball that has entered the starter 736 is detected by a start switch (not shown) similar to the start switch 446 (see FIG. 10), a normal symbol lottery is performed.

  Below the starting device 736, a right starting winning device 732, which is a starting device related to the second special symbol, is provided in the same manner as the upper middle starting winning device 432 (see FIG. 7). If a game ball that has entered the right start winning device 732 is detected by a start winning switch (not shown) similar to the upper middle start winning switch 442 (see FIG. 10), it becomes a start winning of the second special symbol. The second special symbol lottery is performed.

  The right-side start winning device 732 drives an entry restriction mechanism 752 that changes the probability of entry of a game ball into the inside by a transition between an entry allowance posture and an entry prohibition posture, and an upper middle entry that drives the entry restriction mechanism 752 A restriction solenoid 462 (see FIG. 10) and a similar entry restriction solenoid (not shown) are provided. The entry restriction mechanism 752 has a predetermined number of times and a predetermined time according to the corresponding entry restriction solenoid when a game ball that has entered the starter device 736 is won by a normal symbol lottery based on being detected by a corresponding start switch. Only shift to the permissible posture.

  Below the right start winning device 732, a large winning device 734 similar to the large winning device 434 (see FIG. 7) is provided. The grand prize winning device 734 includes an entry restriction mechanism 754 that restricts the entry of a game ball into the inside, and an entry restriction solenoid 464 that changes the attitude of the entry restriction mechanism 754 according to the transition between the entry allowance posture and the entry prohibition posture. An entry restriction solenoid (not shown) similar to that shown in FIG. 10 is provided. When winning the first special symbol lottery or the second special lottery, the big prize winning device 734 shifts to the entry allowable posture for a predetermined number of times and a predetermined time according to the corresponding entry restriction solenoid.

  On the left side of the distribution winning device 731, a general winning device 739 A similar to the general winning device 439 is provided. In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, a winning opening 739A1 of the general winning device 739A is formed through the bottom of the recess of the base body 701 (that is, the game area). That is, the winning opening 739A1 is provided so as to open in a substantially horizontal direction along the front-rear direction and open forward. A game ball that has entered through the winning opening 739A1 is detected by a general winning switch (not shown) similar to the general winning switch 449 (see FIG. 10).

  Below the winning opening 739A1, a ball guiding portion 781 for guiding the game ball to the winning opening 739A1 is projected forward from the front surface of the base body 701. The ball guide portion 781 includes a rolling surface 781A (see FIG. 18) on which a game ball can roll forward or backward, and an inclined surface 781B provided continuously to the left side of the rolling surface 781A in a front view of the gaming machine. (Refer to FIG. 18) and an inclined surface 781C (refer to FIG. 18) connected to the right side of the rolling surface 781A in the front view of the gaming machine.

  The rolling surface 781A is inclined downward from the front side toward the prize winning port 739A1. Therefore, the game ball on the rolling surface 781A mainly rolls backward (that is, toward the winning opening 739A1). The rolling surface 781A may be configured by one or a plurality of planes, or may include one or a plurality of curved surfaces having a convex shape on the upper side where a portion bulging upward is continuous in the front-rear direction. One or a plurality of curved surfaces may be included in which a portion recessed downward is recessed downward in the front-rear direction, or a plane and a curved surface may be combined.

  Both the inclined surface 781B and the inclined surface 781C are inclined downward as they move away from the rolling surface 781A. Therefore, the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 781A toward the winning port 739A1 enters the winning port 739A1, or passes through the inclined surface 781B or the inclined surface 781C before reaching the winning port 739A1. Fall from the left or right side of the. The inclined surface 781B and the inclined surface 781C may also be configured by one or a plurality of planes, may include one or a plurality of curved surfaces, or may be configured by combining a plane and a curved surface.

  A ball guide portion 722 is provided on the upstream side including the upper side with respect to the ball guide portion 781. Although the detailed structure will be described later with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19, the ball guide portion 722 is configured to be able to guide the game ball flowing down the left game area 701C to the ball guide portion 781.

  On the right side of the distribution winning device 731, a general winning device 739 B similar to the general winning device 439 is provided. The winning port 739B1 of the general winning device 739B is formed through the recess (ie, the game area) of the base 701, like the winning port 739A1. A game ball that has entered from the winning opening 739B1 is detected by a general winning switch (not shown) similar to the general winning switch 449 (see FIG. 10).

  A ball guide portion 783 similar to the ball guide portion 781 that guides the game ball to the winning port 739B1 is projected forward from the front surface of the base body 701 below the winning port 739B1. Above the ball guide portion 783, the game ball that has flowed down the game area on the right side of the central structure 420 (hereinafter also referred to as “right game area”) to the downstream side from the big prize device 734, the discharge port 701 A, or , A ball guide portion 723 for guiding to any one of the ball guide portions 783 is provided.

  In addition, on the upper right side with respect to the central structure 420, a guide passage 701D that guides the game ball fired from the launch device 330 to the right game area is formed. A protrusion 725 is provided on the front side (the rear plate 223 side) of the guide passage 701D so that a ball passage portion that bends in the front-rear direction is formed on the upstream side (that is, the left side) of the recoil prevention member 405 in the guide passage 701D. A protrusion 726 (see FIG. 20) is provided on the rear side (base 701 side) of the guide passage 701D. The ball passage portion formed by the protrusion 725 and the protrusion 726 will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 17, the distribution passage part 721 described above will be described in detail. FIG. 17A is an enlarged view of a region A1 in FIG. FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view obtained by cutting each part shown in FIG. 17A on the rear side of the surface part 721 </ b> A of the distribution passage part 721. FIG. 17C is a cross-sectional view of the game board 400A taken along the line CC in FIG.

  In FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B, the central structure 420 is not shown. In FIG. 17C, hatching of the cross section is omitted, and illustration of a ball path of a game ball that has entered the entrance 701E or the entrance 701F is omitted. Further, in FIG. 17C, a game ball passing through the launch passage 701B and a part of the game ball flowing down the game board 400 are illustrated for reference.

  As shown in FIG. 17 (a), the distribution passage portion 721 is a flat surface that is substantially parallel to the front surface of the game area and that passes through the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the wall portion 711A. 721A and a wall portion 711A disposed above the distribution passage portion 721 and a wall portion 711A disposed below the distribution passage portion 721 and projecting forward from the surface portion 721A. And a sphere guiding portion 721B inclined in the lower left direction.

  As shown in FIG. 17B, on the rear side of the surface portion 721A in the distribution passage portion 721, a concave portion 721C whose upper side is open, and a sphere guiding portion which is a left-sloped slope provided on the left side with respect to the concave portion 721C 721D and a ball guiding portion 721E formed below the ball guiding portion 721D are formed.

  As shown in FIG. 17 (c), in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the width in the front-rear direction of the inner rail portion 703 differs between the launch passage 701B side and the game area side. More specifically, the width of the inner rail portion 703 in the front-rear direction on the firing passage 701B side is about the diameter of the game ball (that is, about one game ball), whereas the inner rail portion 703 is on the game area side. The width in the front-rear direction is at least twice the diameter of the game ball (that is, at least two game balls).

  Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area is on the front side (that is, the side away from the front surface of the game area, and is a light transmissive rear plate 223) of the inner rail portion 703 with respect to the half of the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side. The game ball can reach the ball guiding portion 721B of the sorting passage portion 721. When the game ball reaches the ball guiding unit 721B, the game ball is guided to the left game area 701C by the ball guiding unit 721B.

  On the other hand, when the game ball flowing down the game area flows down from the position of half the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side in the inner rail portion 703 (that is, the side close to the front of the game area), The game ball can enter the recess 721C of the sorting passage portion 721 or can reach the ball guiding portion 721D.

  As shown in FIG. 17B, two inlets 701E and 701F into which a game ball can enter are formed at a position on the rear side of the recess 721C in the base 701. Therefore, when a game ball enters the recess 721C, the game ball enters either the entrance 701E or the entrance 701F.

  As shown in FIGS. 17B and 17C, the bottom surface of the recess 721C is provided with a protrusion 721F protruding upward from the bottom surface at a position between the inlet 701E and the inlet 701F. Yes. The protrusion 721F is a substantially isosceles triangle having an apex angle on the side away from the inlets 701E and 701F in the top view, and the cross section in the front view also has an apex angle on the side away from the bottom surface of the recess 721C. It is configured in a triangular pyramid shape, which is an isosceles triangle whose height from the bottom surface of the recess 721C to the apex increases as it approaches 701F. The protrusion 721F has a function of assisting in distributing the game ball that has entered the recess 721C to either the entrance 701E or the entrance 701F.

  The game ball that has entered the inlet 701E in the recess 721C passes through a ball passage (not shown) provided on the back side of the base 701, and is guided to the inlet 601 (see FIG. 13) of the sorting device 481. On the other hand, the game ball that has entered the entrance 701F passes through a ball passage (not shown) provided on the back side of the base body 701, and exits 701G formed at a position behind the ball guiding portion 721E in the base body 701. To the ball guiding portion 721E. The game ball discharged to the ball guiding unit 721E is guided to the left game area 701C by the ball guiding unit 721E.

  Therefore, the game balls that have entered the recess 721C of the distribution passage portion 721 are distributed to either the distribution device 481 or the left game area 701C depending on which of the entrance 701E or the entrance 701F is entered. On the other hand, when the game ball reaches the ball guiding unit 721E, the game ball is guided to the left game area 701C by the ball guiding unit 721E.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, the above-described ball guide portion 722 will be described in detail. FIG. 18A is an enlarged view of a region A2 in FIG. FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view in which each part shown in FIG. 17A is cut behind the surface part 722A of the ball guide part 722. FIG. 19 is a perspective sectional view of the vicinity of the ball guide portion 722. In FIG. 18A, FIG. 18B, and FIG. 19, a part of the game ball that flows down the game board 400 is shown for reference.

  As shown in FIGS. 18A and 19, the ball guide portion 722 is a plane that is substantially parallel to the front surface of the game area and that passes through the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the wall portion 711. Surface portion 722A, a ball guiding portion 722B that protrudes forward from the surface portion 722A and inclines in the lower right direction, and a ball guide that opens on the upper side and guides the entered game ball to the rear side (back side) Part 722C.

  As shown in FIG. 18B and FIG. 19, on the rear side of the surface portion 722A of the ball guide portion 722, there is a ball guide portion 722D that is a right-down slope, and a right side with respect to the ball guide portion 722D and the ball guide. A penetrating portion 722E that is provided at a position on the upper side of the portion 781 and penetrates from top to bottom is formed.

  When the game ball flowing down the game area flows down the front side (that is, the side away from the front surface of the game area) of the inner rail portion 703 at a position half the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side, It can reach on the ball guiding part 722B of the guide part 722. When the game ball reaches the ball guiding unit 722B, the game ball is guided in the lower right direction by the ball guiding unit 722B.

  When a game ball guided in the lower right direction through the ball guiding unit 722B enters the opening of the ball guiding unit 722C, the game ball is guided to the rear side (back side) by the ball guiding unit 722C, and the ball guiding is performed. The ball guide portion 781 provided on the rear side from the portion 722C enters from the front end side.

  On the other hand, when the game ball flowing down the game area flows down from the position of half the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side in the inner rail portion 703 (that is, the side close to the front of the game area), The game ball can reach the ball guiding portion 722D of the ball guiding portion 722 or can enter the upper opening of the penetrating portion 722E.

  When the game ball reaches the ball guiding unit 722D, the game ball is guided in the lower right direction by the ball guiding unit 722D. When a game ball guided in the lower right direction through the ball guiding portion 722D enters the penetration portion 722E from the upper opening, the game ball falls downward along the penetration portion 722E, and falls below the penetration portion 722E. It reaches above the ball guide portion 781 (more specifically, above the rolling surface 781A) located below the side opening.

  When the game ball guided to the ball guiding portion 781 by the ball guiding portion 722C or the penetrating portion 722E can reach the winning port 739A1 without falling from the inclined surface 781B or the inclined surface 781C, the general winning from the winning port 739A1 Device 739A can be entered.

  The game ball guided to the ball guiding unit 781 by the ball guiding unit 722C enters the ball guiding unit 781 from the front end side in the traveling direction toward the rear side (back side). Therefore, in such a case, the game ball easily rolls along the direction in which the rolling surface 781A extends, and easily reaches the winning hole 739A1 without falling from the inclined surface 781B or the inclined surface 781C.

  On the other hand, the game ball guided to the ball guide portion 781 by the penetrating portion 722E comes into contact with the rolling surface 781A from above, so that the game ball is likely to recoil with respect to the rolling surface 781A. The possibility of falling from the inclined surface 781B or the inclined surface 781C before reaching 739A1 increases. Therefore, the winning probability to the general winning device 739A changes depending on whether the game ball is guided to the ball guiding unit 781 by either the ball guiding unit 722C or the penetrating unit 722E.

  As shown in FIG. 18B, a game ball passes from the top to the bottom between the ball guiding portion 722D of the ball guiding portion 722 and the right end of the wall portion 711 located on the left side of the ball guiding portion 722. A possible ball passage 724 is formed. Therefore, when the game ball passes behind half of the width in the front-rear direction of the wall portion 711, the game ball may enter the ball passage 724 and fall without reaching the ball guide portion 722D. is there. The game ball that has passed through the ball passage 724 is discharged from the discharge port 701A.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 19, since the ball guiding portion 722B is provided below the ball guiding portion 722D, the game ball guided to the ball guiding portion 722 along the wall portion 711 is the ball guiding portion 722B. Even when the player enters the ball, the game ball may enter the ball passage 724 formed between the ball guiding portion 722D and the wall portion 711 and fall.

  Although illustration is omitted, the ball guide portion 723 is formed at a position where a penetration portion similar to the penetration portion 722 </ b> E of the ball guide portion 722 is on the upper side with respect to the ball guide portion 783. Thereby, when the game ball flowing down the right game area enters the penetration part from the upper opening, the game ball falls downward along the penetration part, and the lower opening in the penetration part It reaches on the ball guide part 783 located below.

  Next, the shape of the guide passage 701D will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20A is an enlarged view of a region A3 in FIG. FIG. 20B is a top view of a region where the protrusion 725 and the protrusion 701H are formed. In FIGS. 20A and 20B, for reference, a part of the game ball passing through the guide passage 701D is illustrated, and a part of the flow path is indicated by arrows.

  As shown in FIG. 20A, on the upstream side of the recoil prevention member 405 in the guide passage 701D, a plurality of (two in the present embodiment) protrusions on the front side (the rear plate 223 side) of the guide passage 701D. A portion 725 is provided. As shown in FIG. 20A, the protruding portion 725 is configured to have a length that is substantially equal to the width of the guide passage 701D as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the top portion is configured in a substantially triangular shape with the tip of the corner facing the rear side cut off.

  On the other hand, on the rear side of the guide passage 701D (base 701 side), as shown in FIG. 20B, a plurality of (two in the present embodiment) projections 726 are located with respect to the installation position of the projections 725. Thus, the guide passage 701D is provided at a position shifted in the extending direction. The protrusion 726 is configured such that the length in the direction intersecting the wall 711A is substantially equal to the width of the guide passage 701D, and as shown in FIG. It is comprised in the shape of the substantially triangle where the tip of the corner which faces was cut.

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 20B, a spherical passage portion that is bent in the front-rear direction is formed between the protrusion 725 and the protrusion 726. Since the distance L1 in the width direction of the guide passage 701D between the rear end of the protrusion 725 and the front end of the protrusion 726 is configured to be smaller than the diameter of the game ball, the game ball travels straight through the ball passage portion. I can't.

  Therefore, the game ball passing through the ball passage portion advances while contacting the projections 725 and 726, so that the mechanical energy of the game ball is brought into contact with the projections 725 and 726 while passing through the ball passage portion. Can be reduced by. Therefore, the game ball that has entered the guide passage 701D as a result of the player playing the right-handed game technique can be decelerated before reaching the recoil prevention member 405.

  As shown in FIG. 20B, inlets 727 and 728 are provided at positions on the wall 711A on the rear side of the protrusions 725, respectively. The entrance 727 is an opening that functions as an entrance of a ball passage (not shown) that guides the game ball to the entrance 601 of the sorting device 481. On the other hand, the inlet 728 is an inlet of a ball passage (not shown) for guiding a game ball to a recovery / discharge passage (not shown) formed on the back side of the base body 701, that is, an opening functioning as a so-called “out mouth”. It is.

  As described above, since the game ball that has entered the guide passage 701D is decelerated by the ball passage portion formed between the protrusions 725 and 726, it can enter the entrance 727 or the entrance 728. Since the entrance 727 is provided on the side closer to the launch passage 701B than the entrance 728, the player can adjust the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 252 so that the sorting device 481 does not become a so-called “out ball”. The game ball can be launched aiming at the entrance 727 through which the game ball can enter.

  Next, the operation and effect of the pachinko machine 100 described above will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the depth in the front-rear direction of the game area (that is, the width in the front-rear direction) is at least twice the diameter of the game ball, that is, the game balls are lined up in the front-rear direction. The depth is such that it can pass at the same time. Therefore, the game ball flowing down from the top to the bottom of the game area can move in the front-rear direction, and the game ball can move in the front-rear direction near the outer edge of the game area. Since the position where attention is paid to the flow can be easily extended to the vicinity of the outer edge of the game area, the flow behavior of the game ball in the game area can be suitably diversified.

  For example, a game ball that flows down the front side of the position in the inner rail portion 703 that is half of the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side can pass on the ball guide portion 721B of the distribution passage portion 721, while the inner rail portion A game ball that flows down from the position half the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side in 703 can enter the recess 721C of the distribution passage portion 721.

  When a game ball passes the ball guiding unit 721B, the game ball cannot enter the sorting prize device 731 (that is, it cannot generate a special symbol starting prize), whereas the game ball enters the recess 721C. In this case, the game ball can enter the distribution prize device 731 through the entrance 701E. Therefore, since the presence or absence of the possibility of occurrence of a special symbol starting prize varies depending on the position of the game ball flowing down the game area in the front-rear direction, the game ball flowing down the game area that can move in the front-rear direction You can enjoy the behavior of

  In addition, the game balls that have entered the recess 721C are distributed to either the entrance 701E or the entrance 701F. When the game balls enter the entrance 701F, the game balls are different from the case where the game balls enter the entrance 701E. Since it is impossible to enter the distribution prize device 731, the situation where the game can enter the distribution prize device 731 does not necessarily occur even if it enters the recess 721 </ b> C, so that the game is prevented from becoming monotonous. it can.

  In addition, the game ball that flows down the front side of the position in the inner rail portion 703 that is half the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side can pass over the ball guide portion 722B of the ball guide portion 722, while the inner rail portion 703. The game ball that flows down from the position half the width in the front-rear direction on the game area side can pass on the ball guide portion 722D of the ball guide portion 722.

  The game ball that has passed through the ball guiding unit 722B passes through the ball guiding unit 722C and enters the ball guiding unit 781 from the front end side of the ball guiding unit 781, while the game ball that has passed through the ball guiding unit 722D The ball guide part 781 is reached by dropping from the front end (that is, the right end) of the part 722D through the penetrating part 722E.

  In the former case, the game ball easily rolls along the direction in which the rolling surface 781A extends, and easily reaches the winning port 739A1 without falling from the inclined surface 781B or the inclined surface 781C. Since the ball comes into contact with the rolling surface 781A from above, the possibility that the ball falls from the inclined surface 781B or the inclined surface 781C before reaching the winning opening 739A1 increases. Therefore, the winning probability to the general winning device 739A changes depending on whether the game ball is guided to the ball guiding unit 781 by either the ball guiding unit 722C or the penetrating unit 722E.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the width in the front-rear direction in the launch passage 701B is smaller than the game area side across the inner rail portion 703, so that the front and rear of the game ball passing through the launch passage 701B It is possible to limit the positions that can be moved. For this reason, when entering the gaming area, it is possible to suppress the situation where the entry position varies with a large number of pachinko machines, and to reduce variations in the performance of the gaming machine such as a winning rate to each winning device such as the general winning device 739A. it can.

  In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the probability of entering the general winning device 739A (winning port 739A1) is adjusted by the shape of the ball guiding portion 781 that guides the game ball to the winning port 739A1 instead of the nail. The entry probability to the general winning device 739A can be suitably suppressed from deviating from the design value due to the influence of the nail (for example, when the nail is bent).

  Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, a ball passage portion that is bent in the front-rear direction by the projection portion 725 and the projection portion 726 is formed in the guide passage 701D, and a game ball that passes through the ball passage portion is By moving forward while contacting the projections 725 and 726, the speed of the game ball can be decelerated before reaching the recoil prevention member 405.

  Therefore, since the momentum of the game ball that has entered the guide passage 701D can be suppressed without providing the recoil prevention member 405, the game that has entered the guide passage 701D when the player has played a right-handed game. The behavior of the sphere can be diversified. For example, a game ball decelerated by a ball passage portion formed between the protrusions 725 and 726 can enter the entrance 727 or the entrance 728. Therefore, the player can launch the game ball aiming at the entrance 727 or the entrance 728 by adjusting the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 252, so that the game playability of the right-handed game technique can be diversified.

  Further, as described above, the game ball that has entered the guide passage 701D is decelerated by the ball passage portion formed between the protrusions 725 and 726, so that the recoil prevention member 405 can be omitted. . Therefore, a configuration without the recoil prevention member 405 may be employed.

  In the second embodiment described above, the ball passage portion that bends in the front-rear direction is formed in the guide passage 701D so that the game ball that has entered the guide passage 701D is decelerated. However, the ball passage that bends in the vertical direction. The structure which decelerates the game ball which approached to guide path 701D may be sufficient by forming a part in guide path 701D.

  FIG. 21 is a diagram for explaining an example of the ball passage portion of the modified example. More specifically, FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of the upper right side portion of the pachinko machine 100 according to the modification. In FIG. 21, each part constituting the guide passage 701D and a portion where the game ball that has passed through the guide passage 701D collides are illustrated, and other illustrations are omitted. In FIG. 21, for reference, a part of the game ball passing through the guide passage 701D is shown, and a part of the flow path is shown by arrows.

  As shown in FIG. 21, in this modification, a resin-made outer rail portion 761 that functions in the same manner as the outer rail 402 is provided on the upper right side of the game area, and on the lower side of the outer rail portion 761, A protrusion 762 that protrudes downward is provided. On the other hand, a recess 763 that is recessed downward is provided at a position that constitutes the lower side of the guide passage 701D at a position facing the protrusion 762.

  Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 21, a spherical passage portion that is bent in the vertical direction is formed between the protrusion 762 and the recess 763. Since the game ball passing through the ball passage portion advances while contacting the vertical wall in the ball passage portion, the mechanical energy of the game ball is reduced by contact with the wall while passing through the ball passage portion. Can be made.

  In the example illustrated in FIG. 21, the configuration in which the recoil prevention member 405 is not provided is illustrated, but the recoil prevention member 405 may be provided. In the example illustrated in FIG. 20, the configuration in which the recoil prevention member 405 is provided is illustrated, but the configuration in which the recoil prevention member 405 is not provided may be employed.

  Further, as a configuration for decelerating the game ball, it may be configured such that the game ball is decelerated when the speed of the game ball is high, and is not so much decelerated when the speed of the game ball is low. For example, the protruding amount of the protrusions 725 and 726 is higher on the upper side where the game ball contacting the outer rail portion 761 can collide, and the protruding amount is lower or lower not further downward. You may make it the shape which has such a level | step difference. Thereby, when the speed of a game ball is slow, the function to decelerate can be decreased. Further, as the protrusions 725 and 726 for decelerating the game ball, the angle at which the traveling direction of the game ball changes may be increased as the protrusion on the right side corresponding to the downstream side, for example, Change the amount of protrusion to the passage side with multiple protrusions so that it protrudes more toward the downstream side, or increase the inclination angle with respect to the traveling direction, and gradually the game ball moves forward and backward or vertically while moving to the right You may make it progress.

  In addition, as a configuration for decelerating the game ball, the speed of progressing to one side (right side) of the game ball is reduced, and the game ball proceeds in the opposite direction (left side), that is, on the upper right side of the game area, You may comprise so that the game ball which advanced to the lower right direction side along the rail part 761 may fly to the upper left side corresponded to the original direction side. For example, instead of the recoil prevention member 405, the speed reducing portion is provided by a curved surface in which a substantially semicircular shape opened on the left side in a cross-sectional view seen from the upper right side is continuous with the back side at a position where the recoil prevention member 405 is provided. The game ball that has formed and flew in the front side of the game area changes direction while contacting the front side portion of the curved surface having a substantially semicircular cross-sectional shape, and returns to the original direction at the back side of the game area You may comprise. In this case, at least a part of the protrusions 725 and 726 may be provided to decelerate the game ball so that the distance to return to the original direction is shortened.

  In addition, as a deceleration unit that decelerates the game ball, the game ball may be decelerated by a change in the advancing direction of the game ball that is equal to or smaller than a predetermined angle. The angle is preferably about 30 ° or less, and more preferably about 15 ° or less. In addition, the speed reduction unit may decelerate the speed that gradually progresses due to the contact of the plurality of game balls, or may be configured such that the angle at which the direction of travel gradually changes in the multiple times of contact increases. As a result, it is possible to efficiently decelerate the game ball while facilitating to suppress the force of the game ball colliding against the members constituting the deceleration unit to a certain level or less, enabling the launch force to be set higher, and the collision of the game ball It is possible to prevent the member from being scraped or damaged.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, a third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the pachinko machine according to the third embodiment, each winning opening of the starting device according to the first special symbol, the starting device according to the second special symbol, the big winning device, and the general winning device supports the game ball from below. However, it is provided on a stage 810 that rolls while rolling. In the following description, the same components as those in the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.

  FIG. 22 is a front view of the game board 400B in the pachinko machine 100 of the third embodiment. In addition, in FIG. 16, while showing the outline external shape about main structures provided in a game area | region, such as the center structure 420, a part of game ball which flows down is shown for reference.

  As shown in FIG. 22, a stage 810 on which a game ball that has entered from the entrances 801 and 802 rolls is provided on the lower side of the central structure 420. The probability that a game ball that has entered the game area will enter the entrances 801 and 802 is preferably set to a high probability, preferably over 50%, and preferably about 80% or more, and about 95%. The above is preferable.

  Here, although details will be described later, the stage 810 includes a winning opening of the upper starting winning device 831 (see FIG. 23), a winning opening of the lower starting winning device 832 (see FIG. 23), and a large winning device 834 ( 23), general winning devices 839A and 839B (see FIG. 23), and a starting device 836 (see FIG. 23) are provided. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment is set as the structure which does not provide the nail 411 in a game area | region similarly to the pachinko machine 100 of 2nd Embodiment.

  The configuration of the stage 810 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 23, 24, and 25. 23 and 24 are perspective views of the game board 400B as viewed from the upper left side. More specifically, FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the gaming board 400B viewed from the upper left side when both the entry restriction mechanism 852 and the entry restriction mechanism 854 are in the entry prohibition posture. On the other hand, FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the gaming board 400B as viewed from the upper left side when both the entry restriction mechanism 852 and the entry restriction mechanism 854 are in the entry allowable posture. FIG. 25 is a perspective view of the game board 400 </ b> B cut in the horizontal direction at a position above the stage 810.

  23 and 24, the illustration of the decorative symbol display device 479 is omitted. In FIGS. 23 and 24, the return ball prevention mechanism 404 is shown in two states: a state that allows the passage of game balls and a state that restricts the passage of game balls. In FIG. 25, cross-sectional hatching is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 23 and 25, the stage 810 includes a central upper stage 811A, a central middle stage 811B, a central lower stage 811C, a left upper stage 812A, a left lower stage 812B, and a right upper stage 813A. And a lower right stage 813B.

  The center upper stage 811A, the center middle stage 811B, and the center lower stage 811C are provided in a step shape substantially at the center of the stage 810. The central upper stage 811A is arranged at the uppermost stage among the three stages 811A to 811C. The middle middle stage 811B is arranged one stage below the middle upper stage 811A. The middle lower stage 811C is arranged one stage below the middle middle stage 811B.

  The central upper stage 811A, the central middle stage 811B, and the central lower stage 811C are all configured to be inclined downward from the rear side toward the front side. Therefore, the game ball rolls toward the front side on each of the stages 811A to 811C.

  The left upper stage 812A and the left lower stage 812B are provided stepwise on the left side of each of the central stages 811A to 811C. The length of each of the left stages 812A and 812B in the front-rear direction is configured to straddle the respective stages 811A to 811C at the center. Of the left stages 812A and 812B, the left upper stage 812A is disposed at the top, and the left lower stage 812B is disposed one stage below the left upper stage 812A. The lower left stage 812B is located above the central stages 811A to 811C.

  Both the left upper stage 812A and the left lower stage 812B are configured to be inclined downward from the left to the right. Therefore, the game ball rolls toward the right side on each stage 812A, 812B.

  The upper right stage 813A and the lower right stage 813B are provided stepwise on the right side of each of the central stages 811A to 811C. The length in the front-rear direction of each of the right stages 813A and 813B is configured to straddle the center stages 811A to 811C. Of the right stages 813A and 813B, the upper right stage 813A is arranged at the uppermost stage, and the lower right stage 813B is arranged one stage below the right upper stage 813A. The lower right stage 813B is located above the central stages 811A to 811C.

  Each of the upper right stage 813A and the lower right stage 813B is configured to be inclined downward from the right side toward the left side. Therefore, the game ball rolls to the left on each stage 813A, 813B.

  A winning opening of the upper start winning device 831 is provided substantially at the center of the center upper stage 811A. The upper start winning device 831 is a starting device according to the first special symbol similar to the lower middle start winning device 431 (see FIG. 7). Therefore, a game ball rolling on the central upper stage 811A enters the upper start prize-winning device 831 and the game ball is a start prize switch (not shown) similar to the lower middle start prize switch 441 (see FIG. 10). ), The first special symbol is selected and the first special symbol lottery is performed.

  A winning opening of the lower start winning device 832 is provided in the approximate center on the upstream side of the middle middle stage 811B (that is, the middle upper stage 811A side). The lower start winning device 832 is a starting device according to the second special symbol similar to the upper middle start winning device 432 (see FIG. 7). Therefore, a game ball rolling on the middle middle stage 811B or the middle upper stage 811A enters the lower start winning device 832 and the game ball is the same as the upper middle start winning switch 442 (see FIG. 10). When it is detected by a switch (not shown), the second special symbol is won and the first special symbol lottery is performed.

  The lower start prize-winning device 832 drives the entrance restriction mechanism 852 that changes the entrance probability of the game ball to the inside by the transition between the entry allowance posture and the entry prohibition posture, and the entrance restriction mechanism 852. An entry restriction solenoid 462 (see FIG. 10) and a similar entry restriction solenoid (not shown) are provided.

  The entry restriction mechanism 852 includes two movable pieces arranged in the left-right direction. As shown in FIG. 23, the movable piece is disposed at a position covering the winning opening of the lower starting prize-winning device 832 in the entry permission prohibited state, thereby allowing the game ball to enter the lower starting prize-winning device 832. Ban. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 24, the movable piece opens in the left-right direction in the allowed entry state, thereby opening the winning opening of the lower start winning device 832 and playing the game ball to the lower starting winning device 832. Is allowed to enter.

  The entry restriction mechanism 852 has a predetermined number of times and a predetermined time according to the corresponding entry restriction solenoid when the game ball that has entered the starter 836 is won by the normal symbol lottery based on being detected by the corresponding start switch. Only shift to the permissible posture.

  In the middle of the center lower stage 811C, a winning opening for the big winning device 834 is provided. The grand prize winning device 834 has an entry restriction mechanism 854 that restricts the entry of a game ball into the inside by an transition between an entry allowance attitude and an entry prohibition attitude, and an entry restriction solenoid 464 that changes the attitude of the entry restriction mechanism 854. An entry restriction solenoid (not shown) similar to that shown in FIG. 10 is provided.

  The entry restriction mechanism 854 is provided with a plate-shaped movable piece. As shown in FIG. 23, the movable piece is disposed at a position covering the winning opening of the big winning device 834 in the entry permission prohibited state, thereby prohibiting the entry of the game ball into the big winning device 834. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 24, the movable piece is housed below the middle middle stage 811B in the permitted entry state, thereby opening the winning opening of the big winning device 834 and playing the big winning device 834. The ball is allowed to enter.

  When the first special symbol lottery or the second special lottery is won, the entry restriction mechanism 854 shifts to the entry allowable posture for a predetermined number of times and a predetermined time according to the corresponding entry restriction solenoid. Therefore, when the entry restricting mechanism 854 is in the approach allowing posture, the game ball rolling on the center lower stage 811C or the center middle stage 811B can enter the big winning device 834.

  A gate-shaped starter 836 is provided at the approximate center of the downstream side of the left upper stage 812A (that is, the left lower stage 812B side). The starter 836 is a starter according to a normal design similar to the starter 436 (see FIG. 7). A game ball rolling on the upper left stage 812A enters (passes through) the starter 836, and the game ball is detected by a start switch (not shown) similar to the start switch 446 (see FIG. 10). In the event of a failure, a normal symbol lottery is performed. When winning in the normal symbol lottery, the entry restriction mechanism 852 shifts to the entry allowable state.

  At the approximate center in the left-right direction of the lower left stage 812B, there are two prize winning openings for the general prize-winning device 839A. The general winning device 839A is a general winning device similar to the general winning device 439. Therefore, when a game ball rolling on the lower left stage 812B enters from the winning opening, the gaming ball is detected by a general winning switch (not shown) similar to the general winning switch 449 (see FIG. 10). .

  A gate-shaped starter 836 is provided at the approximate center of the downstream side of the upper right stage 813A (that is, the lower right stage 813B side), like the upper left stage 812A. Therefore, when the game ball rolling on the upper right stage 813A enters (passes) the starter 836 and is detected by the corresponding start switch, the normal symbol lottery is performed.

  Here, a plurality of gate-like starter devices 836 are provided apart from each other in the left and right directions, and the passages of both starter devices 836 are arranged in a straight line in the left-right direction when viewed from above, When a game ball enters the starter 836, the inclination angle of the stage 810 may be set so that the game ball can enter the other starter 836. In this case, the winning device (lower side) is configured such that the entry restriction mechanism 852 shifts to the entry-permitted state in the central portion of the two starting devices 836 when a winning is made by the normal symbol lottery in each starting device 836. It is preferable that a start winning device 832) is provided, and a game ball that is set to a short normal symbol variation time, passes through the start device 836, and becomes a winning opportunity, is placed on the lower start winning device 832 of the stage 810. It is good also as a setting which has already shifted to the entry permission state at the timing of reaching the arrangement portion and can enter the lower start winning device 832.

  Further, the entry of the game ball into the starter 836 may be detected as the entry of the game ball only in one direction, and after the game ball passes through the starter 836 from the center side of the stage 810 to the outside. In addition, control may be added to invalidate some start winnings when the starter 836 has been passed a plurality of times, such as when returning to the center side of the stage 810 again.

  At the approximate center in the left-right direction of the lower right stage 813B, there are two prize winning openings for the general prize-winning device 839B. The general winning device 839B is a general winning device similar to the general winning device 439. Therefore, when a game ball rolling on the lower right stage 813B enters from the winning opening, the gaming ball is detected by a general winning switch (not shown) similar to the general winning switch 449 (see FIG. 10). .

  As shown in FIGS. 23 and 25, the game ball that has entered from the entrance 801 passes through a predetermined ball passage (not shown) and is discharged downward from the exit 821. The game ball discharged from the outlet 821 falls on a ball passage 823 provided below the outlet 821. The spherical passage 823 is configured in a substantially L shape in a top view toward the right side along the rear end of each of the left stages 812A and 812B after going to the rear side along the left end of the left upper stage 812A. It has the inclined surface which descends as it leaves | separates from the 821 side.

  The ball passage 823 is provided with a downstream end (downstream end) 823A of the ball passage 823 and a wall portion 823C below the outlet 821 as a portion from which the game ball that has entered the ball passage 823 can be discharged. Open portion 823B.

  Since the downstream end 823A of the ball passage 823 is located at the approximate center in the left-right direction of the central upper stage 811A, when a game ball passing through the ball passage 823 is discharged from the downstream end 823A to the central upper stage 811A, the game ball is Then, according to the inclination of the central upper stage 811A, the stage 811A rolls toward the front side.

  When a game ball that rolls forward on the center upper stage 811A reaches the front end of the center upper stage 811A without entering the upper starting prize-winning device 831, the game ball moves from the center upper stage 811A to the center middle stage 811B. Enter. The game ball that has entered the middle middle stage 811B rolls forward on the stage 811B in accordance with the inclination of the middle middle stage 811B.

  When a game ball that rolls forward on the middle middle stage 811B reaches the front end of the middle middle stage 811B without entering the lower start prize-winning device 832, the gaming ball moves from the middle middle stage 811B to the middle lower stage 811B. Enter stage 811C. When the game ball that has entered the central lower stage 811C does not enter the big prize device 834, the game ball falls from the front end of the central lower stage 811C to the outside of the stage 810 and is discharged from the discharge port 401A.

  Since the game ball passing through the ball passage 823 is discharged rightward at the downstream end 823A, the game ball collides with the left end of the right lower stage 813A or the right end of the left lower stage 812A, so that Each of the stages 811A to 811C rolls forward while swinging in the left-right direction.

  On the other hand, the opening portion 823B of the ball passage 823 is provided on the right side of the ball passage 823 so that the game ball can be discharged to the left side of the upper left stage 812A. Therefore, when the game ball discharged from the outlet 821 and reaching the ball passage 823 is discharged from the opening portion 823B, the game ball rolls on the stage 812A toward the right according to the inclination of the left upper stage 812A. To do.

  A game ball rolling to the right on the left upper stage 812A enters the left lower stage 812B regardless of whether or not the game ball enters the starter 836. The game ball that has entered the left lower stage 812B rolls on the stage 812B toward the right according to the inclination of the left lower stage 812B.

  When the game ball rolling to the right on the lower left stage 812B reaches the right end of the lower left stage 812B without entering the general winning device 839A, the game ball is out of the central stages 811A to 811C. Then, it falls on the stage corresponding to the position of the game ball in the front-rear direction on the lower left stage 812B. The game ball that has fallen to one of the central stages 811A to 811C rolls forward on the stage according to the inclination of the dropped stage.

  Since the starter 836 higher than the surface of the left upper stage 812A is provided on the left upper stage 812A, the game ball that rolls right on the left upper stage 812A is the starter 836. The rolling direction changes at random due to the collision. As a result, the game ball collides with the wall portion positioned on the left side and the front and rear sides of the left upper stage 812A or the wall portion positioned on the front and rear sides of the left lower stage 812B, so that the left side stage 812A and 812B Rolls to the right while swinging back and forth.

  On the other hand, the game ball that has entered from the entrance 802 passes through a predetermined ball passage (not shown) and is discharged downward from the exit 822. The game ball discharged from the outlet 822 falls on a ball passage 824 provided below the outlet 822. The ball passage 824 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view toward the left side along the rear end of each of the right stages 813A and 813B after going to the rear side along the right end of the right upper stage 813A It has the inclined surface which descends as it leaves | separates from 822 side.

  The ball passage 824 is provided with a downstream end (downstream end) 824 </ b> A of the ball passage 824 and a wall portion 824 </ b> C below the outlet 822 as a portion from which the game ball that has entered the ball passage 824 can be discharged. And an open part similar to the open part 823B.

  Since the downstream end 824A of the ball passage 824 is located at the approximate center in the left-right direction of the center upper stage 811A, when the game ball passing through the ball passage 824 is discharged from the downstream end 824A to the center upper stage 811A, the game ball is In the same manner as when the game ball is discharged from the downstream end 823A of the ball passage 823, the game ball rolls forward on the central stages 811A to 811C.

  Since the game ball passing through the ball passage 824 is discharged leftward at the downstream end 824A, the game ball collides with the right end of the left lower stage 812A or the left end of the right lower stage 813A. Each of the stages 811A to 811C rolls forward while swinging in the left-right direction.

  On the other hand, the opening part of the ball passage 824 is provided on the right side of the ball passage 824 so that the game ball can be discharged to the right side of the upper right stage 813A. Therefore, when the game ball discharged from the outlet 822 and reaching the ball passage 824 is discharged from the opening portion of the ball passage 824, the game ball moves on the left side of the stage 813A according to the inclination of the upper right stage 813A. Roll toward you.

  A game ball rolling leftward on the upper right stage 813A enters the lower right stage 813B regardless of whether or not the game ball enters the starter 836. The game ball that has entered the right lower stage 813B rolls toward the left on the stage 813B according to the inclination of the right lower stage 813B.

  When a game ball that rolls left on the lower right stage 813B reaches the left end of the lower right stage 813B without entering the general prize-winning device 839B, the game ball becomes one of the central stages 811A to 811C. Then, it falls on the stage corresponding to the position of the game ball in the front-rear direction on the lower right stage 813B. The game ball that has fallen to one of the central stages 811A to 811C rolls forward on the stage according to the inclination of the dropped stage.

  Since the starter 836 higher than the surface of the right upper stage 813A is provided on the right upper stage 813A, the game ball rolling to the left on the right upper stage 813A is the starter 836. The rolling direction changes at random due to the collision. As a result, the game ball collides with the wall portion located on the right side and the front and rear sides of the right upper stage 813A or the wall portion located on the front and rear sides of the right lower stage 812B, so that the right side stage 813A and 813B Rolls to the left while swinging back and forth.

  Next, the operation and effect of the pachinko machine 100 described above will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the upper start winning device 831, the lower start winning device 832, the large winning device 834, the general winning devices 839 A and 839 B, and the gate-shaped starting device 836 are game balls. Since it is provided on the stage 810 that rolls while supporting the game ball from below, it is possible to guide the game ball to enter the winning port of the winning device or the starting device without driving nails. . Therefore, it is possible to suitably suppress the approach probability of the game ball entering each winning opening from the design value due to the influence of the nail (for example, when the nail is bent).

  Further, the entrance of the game ball to the winning opening of the upper starting winning device 831, the lower starting winning device 832, the large winning device 834, the general winning devices 839A and 839B, and the starting device 836 is provided with these winning ports. The stage 810 (each stage 811A, 811B, 811C, 812A, 812B, 813A, 813B) can be visually confirmed. For this reason, the player can easily visually recognize a predetermined range extending at substantially the same height position by visually checking the stage 810 from the diagonally upper front side, and each winning opening in the front view of the gaming machine is arranged. Thus, it is possible to provide a game property in which a game ball operates in a wide range while reducing an area for the purpose. Also, the upper start winning device 831, the lower start winning device 832, the big winning device 834, the general winning devices 839 A and 839 B, and the entrance of the game ball to the winning opening of the starting device 836 are not supported on the lower side, such as nails. Compared with game balls flowing down between the game balls, the game balls can be made to enter each winning opening at a lower speed, so that it is possible to easily recognize the state of entry of the game balls.

<Fourth embodiment>
Next, a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In the fourth embodiment, similarly to the game board 400A according to the second embodiment, a configuration including a game board 400C in which no nail 411 (see FIG. 7) is provided in the game area is illustrated. The configuration other than the game board 400C is the same as that of the other embodiments. In the following description, the same components as those in the first embodiment, the second embodiment, or the third embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.

  FIG. 27 is a front view of a game board 400C according to the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 28 is a perspective view of the game board 400C. FIG. 29 is a top view partially showing the vicinity of the start prize device 1001 in the game board 400C, and FIG. 30 is a perspective view of the start prize device 1001. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the start winning device 1001, and FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the start winning device 1001 cut along the line DD in FIG. In FIG. 30, FIG. 30 (a) shows a case where the movable portion 1070 is in the entry prohibition posture in the start winning apparatus 1001, and FIG. 30 (b) shows a case where the movable portion 1070 is in the entry allowable posture. ing.

  As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the game board 400C is provided with a central structure 1000 instead of the central structure 420 (see FIG. 16) of the second embodiment. As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, in the central structure 1000, the right of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery are provided at the lower center portion in the same manner as the start winning devices 431 and 432 in the first embodiment. A start winning device 1001 is provided which is involved in the acquisition of. In addition, the game board 400C includes a big prize device 1002 that operates in the special game state, like the big prize device 734 of the second embodiment.

  As shown in FIGS. 28 and 31, the start winning device 1001 includes a hollow disk body 1020 forming a rolling surface 1001C, an outer frame body 1010 as a base body that rotatably supports the hollow disk body 1020, A driving motor 1019 that generates a driving force for rotating the rolling surface 1001C, and a member that rotates together with the hollow disk body 1020 and transmits the power of the driving motor 1019 to the rolling surface 1001C (hollow disk body 1020). A gear 1030, a stop regulating body 1040 for constituting the stop portion 1001D, an entrance passage member 1050 forming the first entrance portion 1001L and the second entrance portion 1001R, and a game ball that has entered the start winning device 1001 are centrally structured. A discharge passage member 1060 that forms a discharge passage that discharges from the body 1000, a movable portion 1070 that can move up and down, and a passage formation member 10 0, start winning switch game ball that prize to start winning device 1001 detects winning and winning passage passing (not shown) and a winning path member 1090 attached.

  As shown in FIGS. 28 to 32, the start winning device 1001 supports a game ball that has entered from the first entry portion 1001L or the second entry portion 1001R from the lower side, and the game ball when viewed from the upper side. Is provided with a rolling surface 1001C that can move within a predetermined range.

  Further, the start winning device 1001 is provided with winning ports 1001A and 1001B through which game balls that roll while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface 1001C can enter. The rolling surface 1001C is curved in a dish shape so as to be recessed downward toward the side (center side) where the winning ports 1001A and 1001B are provided, and the game ball that has entered the rolling surface 1001C is received as the winning port 1001A. , 1001B can be guided to the side where it is provided. The winning ports 1001A and 1001B are provided with a first winning port 1001A involved in acquiring the right of the first special symbol lottery and the second winning port 1001B related to acquiring the right of the second special symbol lottery. . Note that it is not always necessary to provide two winning openings as the winning opening on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C, and one or three or more may be provided.

  The first winning opening 1001A is provided apart from the rolling surface 1001C, and is configured such that a game ball that has advanced along the communication path 1082 can enter while being supported by the communication path 1082 at the lower side. The communication passage 1082 is constituted by a passage formation member 1080, and the passage formation member 1080 is provided with a cylindrical center wall 1081 opened on the upper side on one end side of the communication passage 1082, and an opening on the upper end side of the center wall 1081. Thus, the first winning opening 1001A is configured.

  The second winning opening 1001B is disposed so as to surround the rear side and the left and right sides of the first winning opening 1001A when viewed from the upper surface side. The first winning port 1001A is not necessarily provided apart from the rolling surface 1001C, and the first winning port 1001A is configured to contact the edge portion of the through hole 1021 by omitting the communication passage 1082. Also good.

  The rolling surface 1001C is rotatably provided in a state of surrounding the outer sides (outer peripheral sides) of the winning holes 1001A and 1001B. Specifically, the rolling surface 1001C is configured by an upper surface of a hollow disk body 1020 that has a thickness in the vertical direction and is formed in a disk shape. A through hole 1021 penetrating in the vertical direction is provided in the central portion of the hollow disk body 1020. The through hole 1021 is formed to have a size that penetrates in the vertical direction within a range including the winning holes 1001A and 1001B.

  The hollow disc body 1020 is configured to be able to transmit the power of a drive motor 1019 that imparts rotational power. Specifically, the power of the drive motor 1019 is transmitted to the hollow disk body 1020 via the rotary gear 1030 fixed to the lower side of the hollow disk body 1020, and the power is clockwise (clockwise) when viewed from above. Is rotated (arrow Q8 in FIG. 29). Note that the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C by the rotation of the hollow disk body 1020 is exemplified for the case of always rotating at a constant speed. However, the rotation is accompanied by an operation that fluctuates or temporarily stops. The turning direction may be reversed, or an operation of temporarily rotating in the reverse direction for a certain time may be involved.

  The outer frame body 1010 is formed to be slightly larger than the hollow disk body 1020 so as to position the hollow disk body 1020, and the hollow disk body 1020 is in contact with the lower side of the peripheral portion of the hollow disk body 1020. And a bottom wall 1012 that rotatably supports the. The hollow disc body 1020 is supported on the bottom side by the bottom wall 1012 on the inner side of the upper outer peripheral wall 1011 of the outer frame body 1010 and is rotatable on the inner side of the upper outer peripheral wall 1011.

  The start winning device 1001 is provided with a first entry portion 1001L and a second entry portion 1001R that allow a game ball to enter toward the rolling surface 1001C. The first entry portion 1001L is provided in a direction (arrow Q13 in FIG. 29) for allowing the game ball to enter the direction side along the rotation direction of the rolling surface 1001C. For this reason, the game ball that has entered from the first entry portion 1001L travels along the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C, and is difficult to decelerate on the rolling surface 1001C.

  The second entry portion 1001R is provided in a direction (arrow Q23 in FIG. 29) for allowing the game ball to enter at an angle different from that of the first entry portion 1001L with respect to the rolling surface 1001C. Specifically, the first entry portion 1001L is configured to allow a game ball to enter in the same direction as the rotation direction of the rolling surface 1001C, and the second entry portion 1001R includes the rotation direction of the rolling surface 1001C. It is configured to enter in the same direction. For this reason, the game ball that has entered from the second entry portion 1001R travels against the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C, and is configured to easily decelerate on the rolling surface 1001C. That is, the behavior of the game ball on the rolling surface 1001C varies depending on which of the first entering portion 1001L and the second entering portion 1001R enters the rolling surface 1001C. be able to.

  Note that other configurations may be employed as long as the first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R are provided in directions that allow the game balls to enter in different directions with respect to the rolling surface 1001C. The first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R may be provided in different directions relative to the rolling surface 1001C, and with respect to the circumferential direction or the radial direction viewed from the upper surface side of the rolling surface 1001C. All the relative angles may be different. For this reason, for example, even when the first entry portion and the second entry portion are provided in parallel, one is a direction toward the rotation center of the rolling surface 1001C, and the other is the rotation center. It can also be set so that it may be spaced apart from the edge of the rolling surface 1001C in the radial direction and coincide with the circumferential direction of the rolling surface 1001C. Further, both the first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R are configured to allow the game ball to enter in the same direction as or in the opposite direction to the rotation direction of the rolling surface 1001C, and the entry angles thereof are different. Even in this case, the behavior of the game ball on the rolling surface 1001C can be varied. Moreover, you may provide the 1 or several other approach part (not shown) which makes a game ball approach into the rolling surface 1001C in a different direction compared with both the 1st approach part 1001L and the 2nd approach part 1001R. Moreover, as an approach part, you may make it provide two or more approach parts which make a game ball approach at the same angle and different speed with respect to the rolling surface 1001C, and even in this case, the game ball rolls. Can behave differently.

  The game balls that will enter the rolling surface 1001C from the first entry portion 1001L are provided on the left side of the central structure 1000, and the distribution passage portion 721 and the inclined distribution passage portion 740 are the same as in the second embodiment. And will be guided through. In addition, a game ball that enters the rolling surface 1001C from the second entry portion 1001R is guided through a distribution passage portion 771 and an inclined distribution passage portion 790 provided on the right side of the central structure 1000. .

  The player handles the firing handle of the firing operation device 250 (see FIGS. 1, 5 and 10) so that the game ball flows down to the left of the upper central structure 1000A (see FIG. 27) of the central structure 1000. By adjusting the rotation of 252 (see FIG. 1 and FIG. 5) to be less than a predetermined operation amount, the game ball can enter the rolling surface 1001C through the first entry portion 1001L. Further, the game ball enters the rolling surface 1001C through the second entry portion 1001R by adjusting the rotation of the firing handle 252 to a predetermined rotation amount or more so that the game ball flows down to the right side of the structure portion 1000A. Can be made.

  That is, if the rotation of the firing handle 252 is adjusted to be less than a predetermined operation amount, the game ball does not reach the second entry portion 1001R, and if the rotation of the firing handle 252 is adjusted to a predetermined operation amount or more, The game ball does not reach the first entry portion 1001L. The player can select whether the game ball enters the rolling surface 1001C from the first entry part 1001L or the second entry part 1001R by operating the launch operation device 250. .

  It should be noted that the first entry part 1001L and the second entry part 1001R play a game on the rolling surface 1001C via the first entry part 1001L at a higher rate than the second entry part 1001R according to the player's operation. Any configuration may be used as long as it allows a ball to enter or a game ball to enter the rolling surface 1001C via the second entry portion 1001R at a higher rate than the first entry portion 1001L. For example, the upper part of the central structure 1000 is not the upper end part of the game area, but is provided separately on the lower side, and the ratio of game balls flowing down the left and right of the central structure 1000 is different, but the game is played via both sides The configuration may be such that the sphere flows down. Specifically, if the rotation of the firing handle 252 is adjusted to be less than a predetermined operation amount, the first approach unit 1001L and the second approach unit 1001R are reached at a rate of 70:30, and the launch handle 252 is rotated at a predetermined rate. If it adjusts more than the operation amount, it is good also as a structure which reaches | attains the 1st approach part 1001L and the 2nd approach part 1001R in the ratio of 30:70.

  In addition, the configuration in which the percentage of game balls entering between the first entry unit 1001L and the second entry unit 1001R varies depending on the player's operation is not limited to the operation of changing the rotation operation amount of the firing handle 252. Other configurations may be used. For example, a configuration may be used in which the track of the game ball is adjusted by changing the firing intensity of the game ball by operating a predetermined switch (not shown) or the like while maintaining the same rotation operation amount. In addition, the board of the game board 400C (the game area of the game area) is not limited to the configuration in which the game balls are released to the left and right by providing passages for the game balls to flow away from each other. In the case of following a track on the rear side along the surface that constitutes the back side), the game ball may enter the rolling surface 1001C through the first entry portion 1001L at a higher rate than the second entry portion 1001R. When the front track away from the board surface of the game board 400C is traced, the game ball can enter the rolling surface 1001C at a higher rate than the first entry part 1001L through the second entry part 1001R. A path for the ball to flow down is provided, and by operating a predetermined switch (not shown) or the like, the track of the game ball is adjusted so that the distance from the game board changes while keeping the track in front view substantially the same. Configuration It may be.

  Next, with reference mainly to FIG. 33, the structure regarding the 1st approach part 1001L, the 2nd approach part 1001R, and the rolling surface 1001C is further demonstrated. FIG. 33 (a) is a top view showing an example of a rolling mode of a game ball that circulates in the start winning device 1001, and FIG. 33 (b) shows an example of another rolling mode of the game ball that circulates. It is a top view.

  In the start winning device 1001, FIG. 33A shows a case where a game ball enters the rolling surface 1001C through the first entry portion 1001L. When the game ball is released from the first entry portion 1001L toward the rolling surface 1001C (arrow Q13 indicated by a one-dot chain line), the game ball proceeds clockwise (clockwise) when viewed from the upper surface side. On the other hand, FIG. 33B shows a case where the game ball enters the rolling surface 1001C through the second entry portion 1001R. The game ball is released toward the rolling surface 1001C (arrow Q23 indicated by a one-dot chain line), and proceeds mainly counterclockwise (counterclockwise) when the rolling surface 1001C is viewed from the top surface.

  The first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R are formed by an entry passage member 1050 that is fixed to the outer frame body 1010 of the start winning device 1001, as shown in FIGS. The entry passage member 1050 includes a bottom plate 1051 that forms the bottom surfaces of the first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R, and an outer wall 1052 and inner side walls 1053 and 1054 along the direction in which the bottom plate 1051 continues. The first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R are formed by the walls 1052 to 1054. The first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R have a left-right symmetrical shape, and the game ball enters the rolling surface 1001C at substantially the same speed.

  At the central portion in the left-right direction of the outer side wall 1052, an arc shape having a size substantially corresponding to the outer edge shape of the upper outer peripheral wall 1011 of the outer frame body 1010 is formed. The shape is continuous in the tangential direction. For this reason, the game ball guided through the first entry portion 1001L or the second entry portion 1001R is released to the rolling surface 1001C so as to go around along the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C.

  Hereinafter, a game ball guided through the first entry part 1001L is referred to as a “right rolling ball”, and a game ball guided through the second entry part 1001R is referred to as a “left rolling ball”. When the right rolling ball (or the left rolling ball) enters the rolling surface 1001C, the right rolling ball orbits around the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C clockwise (or counterclockwise) along the upper outer peripheral wall 1011. It progresses toward winning a prize mouth 1001A, 1001B.

  The rolling surface 1001C always rotates clockwise (in the direction of arrow Q8 in FIG. 29) when viewed from above, and this rotation enters and rolls from each of the first entry portion 1001L and the second entry portion 1001R. The behavior of the game ball rolling on the surface 1001C is different.

  Specifically, the right rolling ball and the left rolling ball travel along the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C when released to the rolling surface 1001C. As the traveling speed, as indicated by the same length in the arrow Q14 in FIG. 33 (a) and the arrow Q24 in FIG. 33 (b), both the right and left rolling balls are substantially the same. It becomes the speed of. When the rolling surface 1001C is not rotating, both the right rolling ball and the left rolling ball proceed to the center side of the rolling surface 1001C after making the same orbit.

  However, since the rolling surface 1001C is rotating, not only the rolling caused by the motion of the released game ball, but also the arrow Q15 in FIG. 33A and the arrow Q25 in FIG. Further, a force resulting from the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C is applied, and rolling corresponding to the force is performed. In the right rolling ball, rolling by the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C (arrow Q15 in FIG. 33A) is in the same direction as rolling by the initial traveling speed (arrow Q14 in FIG. 33A). Acts and rolls longer than only the initial traveling speed, as indicated by an arrow Q16 in FIG. On the other hand, in the left rolling ball, rolling by the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C (arrow Q25 in FIG. 33A) is opposite to rolling by the initial traveling speed (arrow Q24 in FIG. 33B). Acting in the direction, and as shown by the arrow Q26 in FIG. Comparing the right rolling ball and the left rolling ball, the right rolling ball goes around the rolling surface 1001C longer than the left rolling ball and is guided to the center side.

  The amount of rolling of the right rolling ball and the left rolling ball can be adjusted by the initial traveling speed due to the shapes of the first approach portion 1001L and the second approach portion 1001R and the rotational speed of the rolling surface 1001C. For example, the amount of rolling by the second entry portion 1001R may be set to almost zero, and may be set so as to proceed from the approached position to the center side (winning opening 1001A, 1001B side) of the rolling surface 1001C. Further, the right rolling ball may reach the vicinity of the entrance of the communication passage 1082, while the left rolling ball may be set so as not to reach the entrance of the communication passage 1082. Accordingly, when it is desired to enter the game ball into the first winning opening 1001A, it is necessary to enter the game ball into the rolling surface 1001C through the first entry part 1001L, and depending on the state of the game It is possible to add a game property that requires changing a portion where the game ball enters the rolling surface 1001C.

  Next, a configuration related to the movable portion 1070 of the start winning device 1001 will be described with reference mainly to FIG. As shown in FIG. 30A, the start winning device 1001 is provided with a movable portion 1070 at an outer edge portion as an entrance of the second winning opening 1001B. The movable portion 1070 has an entry prohibition posture (see FIG. 30A) that restricts the entry of the game ball into the second winning opening 1001B and an entry allowance posture that allows the game ball to enter the second winning opening 1001B (see FIG. 30A). 30 (b)) can be switched.

  The start winning device 1001 is controlled by the same control as the start winning device 432 and the like by the main control board 920 (see FIG. 10) described in the first embodiment. The main control board 920 functions as a lottery means for performing a predetermined lottery when a predetermined start condition is satisfied. In the fourth embodiment, the central control board 920 is a central structure as a device that detects the satisfaction of the predetermined start condition. A left start switch 1007 is provided at a position where a game ball flowing down a left outer edge passage 1006 (see FIGS. 27 and 28) formed on the left side of the body 1000 can enter.

  The left start switch 1007 functions in the same manner as the start switch 446 (see FIG. 10) of the first embodiment, and is the same as when a game ball is detected by the start switch 446 in the control process on the main control board 920. A normal symbol lottery as a predetermined lottery is executed. Also, a right start switch 1009 is provided on the right side of the central structure 1000 at a position where a game ball flowing down the right outer edge passage 1008 can enter, and the right start switch 1009 also has a start condition for performing normal symbol lottery. It is provided as a device for detecting the establishment of

  The main control board 920 performs control to switch the movable portion 1070 to the approach allowable posture when the lottery result of the normal symbol lottery is winning. Specifically, when the lottery result of the normal symbol lottery in the normal symbol related processing S1218 (see FIG. 12) is a win, the movable unit 1070 is operated by the motor control processing S1220 (see FIG. 12) in the main control board 920. A drive solenoid (not shown) as a drive device is controlled, and the operation is controlled so that the movable portion 1070 takes an approach allowable posture for a predetermined number of times and for a predetermined period.

  The movable portion 1070 is provided with a peripheral restriction wall 1071 that is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape that can project upward from the through hole 1021, and the inlet portion of the second winning opening 1001 </ b> B is formed by the cylindrical inner surface of the peripheral restriction wall 1071. Is configured. When the movable portion 1070 takes the approach prohibition posture, the peripheral regulation wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 protrudes above the upper end of the peripheral edge of the through hole 1021 as shown in FIG. As a result, the second winning opening 1001B is formed above the rolling surface 1001C, and entry of the game ball from the rolling surface 1001C to the second winning opening 1001B is prevented.

  The movable portion 1070 (periphery regulating wall 1071) has a shape in which a portion where the communication passage 1082 is provided is interrupted, and the connection portion is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball so that the game ball can enter the communication passage 1082. ing. In a portion where the communication passage 1082 is provided in the peripheral restriction wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070, a pair of central restriction walls 1072 is continuous from the peripheral edge of the peripheral restriction wall 1071 toward the first winning opening 1001A. It is provided integrally.

  The pair of central restricting walls 1072 are located above the position of the bottom surface of the connecting passage 1082 so as to surround both sides of the connecting passage 1082 that gently slopes downward from the rolling surface 1001C toward the first winning opening 1001A. Is arranged. The left and right sides intersecting the traveling direction of the communication passage 1082 connecting the rolling surface 1001C and the first winning opening 1001A are enclosed when the movable portion 1070 is in the entry prohibition posture. For this reason, the game ball that has entered the communication passage 1082 from the rolling surface 1001C is guided to the first winning opening 1001A.

  When the movable portion 1070 takes the approaching allowable posture, the peripheral restriction wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 is disposed below the upper end of the peripheral edge of the through hole 1021 as shown in FIG. As a result, the second winning opening 1001B is formed below the rolling surface 1001C, and entry of the game ball from the rolling surface 1001C to the second winning opening 1001B is allowed.

  When the movable portion 1070 assumes an approach permitting posture, the pair of central restriction walls 1072 move downward together with the peripheral restriction wall 1071 to connect the communication passage 1082 (specifically, the bottom surface of the communication passage 1082 that supports the game ball). ). As a result, the sides of the communication path 1082 are no longer enclosed, and a game ball that has entered the communication path 1082 cannot necessarily reach the first winning opening 1001A via the communication path 1082.

  That is, the structure is such that the entry of a game ball from the rolling surface 1001C into the first winning opening 1001A is suppressed when the movable portion 1070 is in the approach-permitted posture than when it is in the approach-prohibited posture. Note that the probability that the game ball that has advanced to the communication passage 1082 will reach the first winning port 1001A may be the same in the case where the movable portion 1070 is in the entry prohibition posture and in the case where the movable portion 1070 is in the entry permission posture. For example, the pair of central restriction walls 1072 are formed integrally with the communication passage 1082 as a separate part from the movable portion 1070, and both sides of the communication passage 1082 are surrounded even when the movable portion 1070 is in the allowed entry posture. You may comprise so that it may become a state.

  Here, the movable portion 1070 (periphery regulating wall 1071) moves in a direction protruding upward with respect to the rolling surface 1001C, takes an entry prohibition posture, and moves downward relative to the entry prohibition posture. However, it is not always necessary that the movable portion 1070 is moved up and down to switch between the entry prohibition posture and the entry allowable posture. The position of the movable part 1070 (periphery regulating wall 1071) is not changed, and the hollow disk body 1020 forming the rolling surface 1001C may be a movable part that can move in the vertical direction, or the movable part 1070 (periphery regulating wall) 1071) and the hollow disc body 1020 may be operated. That is, by changing the height relationship between the movable portion 1070 and the rolling surface 1001C, the relative height positions thereof are adjusted, and the game ball can easily enter the second winning opening 1001B from the rolling surface 1001C. What is necessary is just to set it as the structure which switches an approach permission attitude | position and an approach prohibition attitude | position to which a game ball cannot enter easily from an approach permission attitude | position.

  Next, with reference mainly to FIG. 30 and FIG. 34 to FIG. 36, description will be given of the configuration relating to the entry of the game balls into the winning openings 1001A and 1001B, the stop function of the game balls, and the stop release function in the start winning device 1001. To do. FIG. 34 is an enlarged view of a region A4 in FIG. 32, and FIG. 35 is a top view of the start winning device 1001. FIG. 34 (a) is an enlarged view of the area A4 in FIG. 32 for explaining the correlation between the stop portion of the start winning device and the game ball, and FIG. 34 (b) is the game ball stopped at the stop portion. It is an enlarged view of area | region A4 in FIG. 32 for demonstrating the correlation with a game ball to roll. FIG. 35 (a) is a top view showing an example of a rolling mode of the game ball toward the center where the winning holes 1001A and 1001B are provided apart from the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C in the start winning device 1001. FIG. 35B is a top view showing an example of another rolling mode of the game ball toward the winning openings 1001A and 1001B. FIG. 36 is a perspective view for explaining a stopping state of the game ball in the start winning device 1001. FIG. In addition, in FIG. 33 to FIG. 36, in addition to the members constituting the start winning device 1001, game balls are also illustrated as appropriate.

  In a state where the movable portion 1070 of the start winning device 1001 assumes the approach prohibition posture, a part (upper portion) of the movable portion 1070 protrudes upward from the rolling surface 1001C as shown in FIG. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34A, the upper end of the peripheral regulation wall 1071 formed in the movable portion 1070 is the upper end of the inner peripheral edge of the rolling surface 1001C (the peripheral edge of the through hole 1021 of the hollow disk body 1020). It is arranged so as to be a position (height position of the solid line HU) above the position (upper end position) (the height position of the alternate long and short dash line H1). In this approach prohibition posture, the protrusion amount of the upper edge of the peripheral restriction wall 1071 from the rolling surface 1001C (the inner peripheral edge thereof) is configured to prevent the game ball from getting over the peripheral restriction wall 1071, and the radius of the game ball It is set to a length that is approximately equal to the length. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 35 (a), the game ball decelerates after it circulates along the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C, and moves toward the center (in the direction of the winning holes 1001A, 1001B) in the direction of the arrow Q30 indicated by the solid line. ), The game ball is supported by the outer surface of the peripheral regulating wall 1071 and the rolling surface 1001C, and rolls outside the winning openings 1001A and 1001B along the peripheral regulating wall 1071. (Arrow Q31). Even if the speed of the game ball is slowed down, the force received from the rolling surface 1001C does not stop at the same place but proceeds in the rotational direction of the rolling surface 1001C.

  In addition, in a state where the movable portion 1070 of the start winning device 1001 assumes the approach prohibition posture, a pair of central restriction walls 1072 protrudes on both sides of the communication passage 1082, and the bottom surface of the communication passage 1082 and the pair of central restriction walls are disposed. The wall 1072 forms a guide passage that guides the game ball that has entered the communication passage 1082 to the first winning port 1001A. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 35 (b), the game ball rolls toward the center of the rolling surface 1001C (arrow Q33), and the game ball that has entered the communication path 1082 advances along the communication path 1082. (Arrow Q34), and enters the first winning opening 1001A (opening of the center wall 1081). Even when the movable portion 1070 of the start winning device 1001 is in the state of preventing entry, a part of the game balls that have entered the communication passage 1082 exceed the first winning port 1001A and the second winning port 1001B (center). You may make it enter into the outer side of the wall 1081 and the opening enclosed by the periphery control wall 1071 and the center control wall 1072).

  When the movable portion 1070 of the start winning device 1001 is switched from the entry prohibition posture to the entry permission posture, as shown in FIG. 34 (a), the upper end of the peripheral regulation wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 is the inner peripheral edge of the rolling surface 1001C. It is disposed so as to be lower than the position of the upper end (the upper end of the peripheral edge of the through hole 1021 of the hollow disk body 1020) (the height position of the one-dot chain line H1) (the height position of the solid line HD) ( (Refer FIG.30 (b)). In this case, as shown in FIG. 35 (a), the game ball that has rolled (arrow Q30) to the center side on the rolling surface 1001C passes over the peripheral regulation wall 1071 and enters the second winning opening 1001B. It can enter (arrow Q32 shown with a dashed-dotted line). The amount of movement of the upper end of the peripheral regulating wall 1071 is equal to the length of the arrow Q9 (see FIG. 32) so that the movable portion 1070 can move up and down.

  In this approach allowing posture, the position of the upper end of the central restriction wall 1072 formed continuously with the peripheral restriction wall 1071 (the height position of the solid line HD in FIG. 34A) is the lower side of the game ball in the communication passage 1082 Is lower than the height position of the surface that supports (the height position of the alternate long and short dash line H2). For this reason, even if a game ball enters the communication path 1082, as shown in FIG. 35 (b), the game ball easily leaves the communication path 1082 (arrow Q35 indicated by a one-dot chain line), and the first winning opening 1001A. Reaching is suppressed.

  Here, even when the movable portion 1070 is in the approaching allowable posture, the communication passage 1082 constitutes a passage connecting the rolling surface 1001C and the first winning opening 1001A, and proceeds to the center side of the rolling surface 1001C. The game ball is allowed to reach the first winning opening 1001A. However, when the movable portion 1070 is in the approaching allowable posture, the gaming ball may not reach the first winning opening 1001A. . For example, the communication passage 1082 is formed integrally with the movable portion 1070, and when the movable portion 1070 is in the approach allowing posture, the communication passage 1082 moves downward so that the communication passage 1082 is made lower than the first winning port 1001A. It may be.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 30, the start winning device 1001 is provided with a stopping portion 1001D that can stop a part of the game balls that have entered the rolling surface 1001C. The stopping portion 1001D is provided separately from the winning openings 1001A and 1001B, and is provided so as to be rotatable so as to change its position together with the rolling surface 1001C. In addition, the stopping unit 1001D stops a part of the game ball that has rolled on the rolling surface 1001C in a stopped state that has progressed to a stopping position that has fallen a certain amount below the rolling surface 1001C.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 31, the retaining portion 1001D is a cylinder formed by a through hole 1022 provided in the hollow disc body 1020 forming the rolling surface 1001C and a through hole 1032 provided in the rotary gear 1030. The outer peripheral portion is configured, and the stop restriction body 1040 disposed so as to close the lower side of the through hole 1032 is configured to prevent the progress of the game ball to the lower side of the stop portion 1001D.

  In addition, the stopping unit 1001D is configured to be able to maintain the subsequent game ball supported by the rolling surface 1001C when the subsequent game ball comes into contact with the game ball stopped at the stop position. That is, a plurality of game balls are not stopped at one stop portion 1001D, and even if the behavior of a subsequent game ball moves to the other by contact with the stopped game ball, it is already a game. Arrangement and size of the stopping part 1001D on the rolling surface 1001C, depth of stopping the gaming ball in the stopping part 1001D, etc. so that the following gaming balls do not stop at the stopping part 1001D where the balls are stopped Is set. Thereby, in a state where a predetermined number (one in the present embodiment) of game balls are stopped at the stop portion 1001D, it is possible to add a game property in which the game balls easily progress to the winning ports 1001A and 1001B. Note that it is not always necessary to configure one gaming ball to stop at one stopping portion 1001D, and a number of gaming balls set to two or more may stop at one stopping portion 1001D.

  In a state where a predetermined number (one in this embodiment) of game balls are stopped at the stopping portion 1001D, the movable portion 1070 (periphery regulating wall 1071) is placed on the rolling surface 1001C on the game balls stopped at the stopping portion 1001D. The stopping portion 1001D is arranged at a position where the game ball that has come into contact with () comes into contact and can travel in the other direction. In a situation in which the game ball moves along the movable portion 1070 (periphery regulating wall 1071), the arrangement of the stop portion 1001D on the rolling surface 1001C and its placement are such that the behavior of the game ball is changed by providing the stop portion 1001D. The size is set. Thereby, the behavior of the game ball on the rolling surface 1001C can be complicated, and monotonous game play can be wiped out. When a game ball moving along the movable portion 1070 comes into contact with a game ball stopped at the stop portion 1001D, the contacted game ball remains in contact with the game ball stopped at the stop portion 1001D. For example, the stopping part 1001D may be configured deeply, and is not necessarily drawn into the stopping part 1001D, but the rolling surface from a state where it is stopped at the stopping part 1001D by the collision of a subsequent game ball. The stop portion 1001D may be configured to be shallow enough to return to 1001C.

  The start winning device 1001 is provided with a stop release function for causing the game ball stopped at the stop portion 1001D to advance downstream when a predetermined release condition is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 31, a hollow disk-shaped retaining member provided below the hollow disk body 1020 constituting the rolling surface 1001C so as not to rotate in accordance with the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C. The regulating body 1040 is provided with a discharge hole 1042 as a stopping release means that communicates with each stopping portion 1001D at every elapse of a certain time as the rolling surface 1001C rotates. When each stopping part 1001D and the discharge hole 1042 communicate with each other, a release condition for releasing the stopping state for the game ball stopped in each stopping part 1001D is established, and the stopping of the game ball is released. As a result, as shown in FIG. 36, the game ball stopped at each stopping portion 1001D is caused by the specific release in which the stopping portion 1001D communicates with the through hole 1041 of the stopping restricting body 1040 as the rolling surface 1001C rotates. Until it is transferred to the position (the position in the lowermost diagram in FIG. 36), the stationary state (the upper three diagrams in FIG. 36) is maintained.

  In addition, the structure which cancel | releases the stop state of the game ball stopped by the stop part 1001D is not restricted to this structure, The hollow disk (not shown) which does not provide the discharge hole 1042 is arrange | positioned, and it rolls for every fixed period. As in the configuration in which the stopped state of the game ball stopped at the stop portion 1001D is released by separating the surface 1001C (hollow disk body 1020) and the hollow disk from the diameter of the game ball or more, the rolling surface 1001C and the stopped state are set. It is good also as a structure which cancels | releases a stationary state by changing the relative position with the member to express.

  Next, with reference mainly to FIG. 34 and FIG. 36, the structure regarding the stop part 1001D and a stop cancellation | release function is further demonstrated.

  The position of the retaining portion 1001D with respect to the rolling surface 1001C is configured such that a game ball that circulates along the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C is easily circulated without being affected by the retaining portion 1001D. Specifically, the entrance portion of the through hole 1022 constituting the retaining portion 1001D is formed so as to gradually expand upward, and the upper end edge 1022A (see FIG. 31) of the through hole 1022 constituting the upper end thereof is a rolling element. It is located sufficiently far from the outer edge of the surface 1001C. As shown in FIG. 34 (a), the shortest distance from the through hole 1022 to the inner surface of the upper outer peripheral wall 1011 of the outer frame body 1010 is set to be larger than the radius of the game ball, and the game ball is in the rolling surface 1001C. In the state where it contacts with the upper outer peripheral wall 1011, the contact point P1 between the rolling surface 1001C and the game ball is positioned on the rolling surface 1001C. The upper end edge 1022A of the through hole 1022 corresponds to a boundary between the inclined portion provided on the upper side of the through hole 1022 and guides the game ball to the side of the stopping portion 1001D and the rolling surface 1001C. The retaining portion 1001D and the rolling surface 1001C are configured so that the contact point P1 is positioned outside the rolling surface 1001C. For this reason, the game ball that circulates along the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C is configured to be able to pass outside the stop portion 1001D without being affected by the stop portion 1001D.

  Further, the position of the retaining portion 1001D with respect to the rolling surface 1001C is configured such that a game ball that circulates along the inner edge of the rolling surface 1001C easily enters the retaining portion 1001D. Specifically, the upper end edge 1022A (see FIG. 31) of the through hole 1022 is located close to the peripheral regulation wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 corresponding to the inner edge of the rolling surface 1001C. As shown in FIG. 34A, the shortest distance from the through hole 1022 to the side surface of the peripheral regulating wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 is set to be small so as to be equal to or less than the radius of the game ball. When the game ball supported on the lower side by the rolling surface 1001C approaches the stopping portion 1001D in contact with the peripheral regulation wall 1071, the game ball supported by the rolling surface 1001C enters the through hole 1022. The relative positional relationship is such that the contact is made at the contact P2. The retaining portion 1001D and the rolling surface 1001C are arranged such that the contact point P2 is positioned outside the rolling surface 1001C with respect to the position of the boundary between the through hole 1022 corresponding to the upper end edge 1022A of the through hole 1022 and the rolling surface 1001C. It is configured. For this reason, the game ball that circulates along the inner edge of the rolling surface 1001C is easily affected by the stopping portion 1001D and cannot pass through the inside of the stopping portion 1001D.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 34 (b), when the game ball is stopped at the stop portion 1001D with the lower side supported by the stop restriction body 1040, the game ball that comes into contact with the stop game ball is The state of being supported by the rolling surface 1001C outside the upper end edge 1022A of the through hole 1022 is maintained. Even when the game ball abutted at the contact P3 and stopped at one side of the through hole 1022 is brought close, the other game balls contacted from above are brought into contact at the contact P4 within the range of the rolling surface 1001C. It is configured. Therefore, when a game ball is stopped at the stop portion 1001D, the behavior of other game balls may be influenced by contact with the stopped game ball, but to the winning holes 1001A and 1001B. It can be set as the structure which can advance toward.

  Here, when the game ball is stopped at the stop portion 1001D, it may be set so that it cannot pass through the inside unless it gets over the stored game ball, or it can pass through the inside. Alternatively, the rotational speed of the rolling surface 1001C and the relative position of the rolling surface 1001C and the retaining portion 1001D may be set. For example, when a game ball is stopped at the stop portion 1001D, the game ball that is in contact with the movable portion 1070 on the front side in the rotation direction of the rolling surface 1001C with respect to the stop portion 1001D is the stopped game ball. The movement along the peripheral regulating wall 1071 (second winning opening 1001B) may be continued on the rolling surface 1001C.

  Even if the stopped game ball moves to the specific release position where the stop state is released, and the stop state is released and the stop portion 1001D is empty, the pressed game ball is empty. The position of the discharge hole 1042 in the stop regulating body 1040 may be set so as to enter the communication passage 1082 before falling into the stop 1001D.

  Next, the operation mode of the start winning device 1001 corresponding to the game state will be described with an example of the game specifications. In the start winning device 1001, a game ball can enter the rolling surface 1001C from either the first entry part 1001L or the second entry part 1001R, and the game ball is brought into contact with the rolling surface according to the gaming state. By switching the entry portion to enter 1001C, the player can receive an advantageous lottery.

  In the normal gaming state, it is difficult for the movable portion 1070 to take the approaching allowable posture due to the winning in the normal symbol lottery. In the normal gaming state, the first special based on the entry of the game ball into the first winning opening 1001A. In the symbol lottery, we aim to win the first type of big hit. In all or part of the case where a big win is won in the normal gaming state, the game moves to the probability changing gaming state in which the situation in which the movable portion 1070 takes the approaching allowable posture is likely to occur due to winning in the normal symbol lottery from the normal gaming state. The probability variation gaming state continues until a certain special symbol lottery until the upper limit is reached, or until an end condition such as winning a big hit corresponding to the transition to the normal gaming state is established.

  Of the two entry parts 1001L and 1001R, in the entry of the game ball from the first entry part 1001L, the setting is such that the game ball can circulate to the position where the communication passage 1082 is provided. On the other hand, when the game ball enters from the second entry portion, the rotation speed of the rolling surface 1001C is set so that a large number of game balls that do not reach the communication passage 1082 are generated by deceleration after the entry. For this reason, in the normal state, the player plays the game aiming at the entry of the game ball from the first entry part 1001L, thereby efficiently causing the game ball to enter the first winning port 1001A and the first special symbol. You can get a chance to win big hits by lottery.

  In the probability variation gaming state, the first special symbol lottery is set to be disadvantageous for the player than the second special symbol lottery. For example, the probability that the probability variation gaming state will continue is set low, The number of operations of the big prize winning device 1002 that takes an allowable entry posture by occurrence is set to be small. For this reason, in the probability variation gaming state, the second special based on the entry of the game ball into the second winning opening 1001B so that the probability variation gaming state can be continued and so that many winning balls can be obtained by winning the jackpot. In the symbol lottery, we aim to win the first type of big hit. At this time, in the probability variation gaming state, if the first special symbol lottery is received, it is set to be more disadvantageous to the player than if the second special symbol lottery is received, and only the second special symbol lottery is received as much as possible. It is preferable.

  In addition, the probability of the normal symbol lottery that activates the movable portion 1070 of the start winning device 1001 is set higher in the probability variation gaming state than in the normal gaming state, and the normal symbol lottery interval is set to the normal gaming state. The probability variation gaming state (for example, 3.5 seconds) is set shorter than (for example, 10 seconds). Furthermore, when the normal symbol lottery is won, the time for the movable portion 1070 to take the approaching allowable posture is longer in the probability variation gaming state (eg, 3 seconds) than in the normal gaming state (eg, 0.1 seconds). Is set to

  Here, the time for taking the approach allowance posture in the normal gaming state is such that the movable part 1070 is in the approach allowance posture while the game ball is in contact with the peripheral restriction wall 1071 and rolling around the winning holes 1001A and 1001B. Even if it becomes, you may set to a short time which can suppress that a game ball enters into the 2nd prize opening 1001B. In this case, for example, even if the game ball is on the upper side of the peripheral regulation wall 1071 and shifts to the approach prohibition posture, the space is continuous on the upper side of the movable portion 1070. The game ball moves upward and moves toward the second winning port 1001B or the rolling surface 1001C. For this reason, even if the driving force for shifting to the entry prohibition posture is set strongly, it is unlikely that a game ball will be caught at the entrance portion of the winning opening, as in the conventional movable winning opening, and at a specified timing. It is possible to provide a start winning device 1001 that is easy to shift to the entry prohibition posture and that allows the game to proceed smoothly.

  In the probability variation gaming state, the period during which the movable portion 1070 is in the entry prohibition posture is set shorter than the period in which the movable portion 1070 is in the entry permission posture, and most of the game balls toward the winning holes 1001A and 1001B interfere with the peripheral restriction wall 1071. It is possible to enter the second winning opening 1001B directly without any problem. Further, even if the game ball supported by the rolling surface 1001C comes into contact with the peripheral restriction wall 1071 and stops in a state of rolling along the peripheral restriction wall 1071, it is before being captured by the stop portion 1001D. The movable portion 1070 becomes the approaching allowable posture, and the game ball is likely to enter the second winning opening 1001B. Further, in the probability variation gaming state, when the movable portion 1070 takes the approaching allowable posture, even if the game ball enters the communication passage 1082, there is no restriction by the central restriction wall 1072 of the communication passage 1082, so the first prize is won. A game ball that progresses so as to approach the mouth 1001A can easily enter the second winning opening 1001B.

  In the probabilistic gaming state, the player plays a game aiming for the entry of the game ball from the second entry part 1001R, so that many game balls that do not reach the position where the communication path 1082 is provided are generated. Can be advanced. That is, in the probable gaming state, by playing the game aiming at the entry of the game ball from the second entry part 1001R, the game ball is efficiently entered into the second winning opening 1001B, and the big hit is made by the second special symbol lottery. You can get a chance to win. In addition, the game ball that has entered the rolling surface 1001C from the second entry portion 1001R can be made to travel to the second winning opening 1001B in a short time by being decelerated by the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C, and for the player The game can be progressed smoothly in an advantageous game situation.

  As described above, in the start winning device 1001, the rolling surface 1001C is rotatably provided in a state of surrounding the outside of the winning holes 1001A and 1001B, and enters the rolling surface 1001C from the first entry portion 1001L. The game ball is configured to be able to enter the rolling surface 1001C from the second entry portion 1001R in a direction different from that of the case. For this reason, even if the approach speeds of these game balls are the same or the approach directions are bilaterally symmetrical, the behavior of the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 1001C is not bilaterally symmetric. Can be changed. That is, the behavior of the right rolling ball that has entered from the first entry part 1001L can be different from the behavior of the left rolling ball that has entered from the second entry part 1001R.

  In addition, when the right rolling ball heads toward the center where the winning holes 1001A and 1001B are provided, the rotation speed of the rolling surface 1001C is directed to the vicinity of the communication passage 1082 that can guide the game ball to the first winning hole 1001A. On the other hand, when the left rolling ball goes to the center side, it is set less likely to reach the vicinity of the communication passage 1082 than the right rolling ball. For this reason, it is set so that the probability that the game ball is entered from the first entry part 1001L has a higher probability of entering the first winning opening 1001A than the case where the game ball is entered from the second entry part 1001R. In the normal gaming state, it is possible to provide a game that can efficiently obtain a chance to win a big hit by allowing a game ball to enter from the first entry part 1001L.

  In addition, when the game ball enters from the first entry part 1001L so as to go around the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C, the game ball rolls in the same direction as the rolling surface 1001C. The game ball that has entered the rolling surface 1001C may be captured by the stopping portion 1001D rather than the case where the game ball enters from the second entry portion 1001R so as to go around the outer edge of the rolling surface 1001C. Becomes lower. This also makes it possible to increase the probability of entering the first winning opening 1001A when a game ball is entered from the first entry portion 1001L as compared to the case where the game ball is entered from the second entry portion 1001R. It is possible to provide a game that can efficiently win a big hit in the state.

  Further, depending on a predetermined first operation (rotational operation with respect to the firing handle 252 less than a predetermined operation amount), the game ball can be made to enter the rolling surface 1001C from the first entry portion 1001L, while the predetermined first operation is performed. The game ball can be caused to enter the rolling surface 1001C from the second entry portion 1001R by the operation of No. 2 (rotation operation with a predetermined operation amount or more with respect to the launch handle 252). Therefore, it is possible to provide the gameability in which the player selects an operation that is advantageous to the player according to the game state and proceeds with the game, and the rolling surface 1001C that rotates from the plurality of entry portions 1001L and 1001R. It is possible to provide a game property that allows a game ball to enter the game and efficiently obtain a chance to win a big hit.

  The movable unit 1070 is configured to move in a direction protruding upward with respect to the rolling surface 1001C to take an entry prohibition posture, and move downward to the entry prohibition posture, thereby taking an entry allowance posture. It is said that. For this reason, when the movable unit 1070 shifts the game ball supported by the rolling surface 1001C from the entry prohibition posture to the entry permission posture, for example, the game ball positioned on the movable unit 1070 is lifted from below to above. Even if the driving force (the force to restore to the entry prohibition posture) is set to be operable, a space in which the game ball can move is provided above the movable portion 1070 in the entry prohibition posture. It is possible to avoid an event that a game ball is caught between the two. In addition, for example, in a state where one or a plurality of game balls are positioned on the movable portion 1070 and the movable portion cannot move, the wall portion (periphery restriction) is configured so as not to move to the approach prohibition posture. By passing through the thickness of the wall 1071), it is possible to immediately shift to the approach allowable posture.

  In addition, a space in which the game ball can move is provided above the movable portion 1070 in the approach prohibition posture. For this reason, this space can make it easier for the player to visually recognize the behavior of whether or not the game ball can enter the second winning port 1001B by the operation of the movable portion 1070.

  Furthermore, the game ball that is about to enter the second winning opening 1001B is moved to the second winning opening 1001B while being supported by the rolling surface 1001C. Therefore, the game ball that has been in contact with a part of the movable portion 1070 when the movable portion 1070 takes the entry prohibition posture moves to the second winning opening 1001B side by the movement of the movable portion 1070 to the entry allowable posture. Even if the game ball is positioned on the upper side of the movable part 1070 for the first time, the force for moving the movable part 1070 to the entry prohibition posture again and restoring the state in which the entry of the game ball is prohibited can be set less. it can. Thereby, a drive mechanism can be comprised with the drive motor 1019 which generate | occur | produces a small drive force, and it can make it easy to aim at size reduction and cost reduction of the start winning device 1001 whole.

  Further, the game ball after having entered the rolling surface 1001C by the peripheral restriction wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 is stopped around the peripheral restriction wall 1071 as a predetermined region without changing the height position. The movable portion 1070 is configured to be able to enter the second winning opening 1001B when it takes the approaching allowable posture. For this reason, a part of the rolling surface 1001C can be used as a stop area for a game ball, and a game property for entering the temporarily stopped game ball into the second winning opening 1001B can be added. In addition, the game ball stopped around the peripheral regulation wall 1071 stops without changing the height position, so that the game ball gradually moves downward from the entrance to see from the player. Compared to the case of moving to a position where the game ball moves, it is possible to suppress a decrease in mood such that the chance that the stopped game ball gradually enters the entrance is reduced.

  Further, since the through-hole 1022 is provided in the rolling surface 1001C so as to be rotatable in the same direction as the rolling surface 1001C, the game ball supported by the rolling surface 1001C extends along the rolling surface 1001C. The movement of the game ball can be caused to enter the through hole 1022 or enter the winning holes 1001A, 1001B depending on the difference in the moving speed of the through hole 1022 in the situation of moving in A game that can be enjoyed can be added.

  In addition, this invention is not restricted to the said embodiment, For example, you may deform | transform and implement as described below. In this case, each configuration described below may be applied to the above embodiment, or a plurality of configurations described below may be combined and applied to the above embodiment.

(1) Modified Example of Sorting Device 481 FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram for explaining a modified example of the sorting device 481. FIG. 26B shows an example of a game ball located on the guide plate 625A for reference.

  In the above-described embodiment, the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D provided in the sorting device 481 are alternately arranged in the front-rear direction, that is, every time one stage is lowered. Although it is configured to be rotated 180 ° at a time, the amount of rotation of the guide plate for each step down does not necessarily need to be 180 °.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 26 (a), a plurality of guide plates 625 having the same function as the guide plate 622A and the like may be rotated 90 degrees each time they are lowered by one stage. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which provides several guide plates by rotating it by the predetermined angle within the range of more than 0 degree and 180 degrees or less every time it goes down by one step.

  By rotating the plurality of guide plates by a predetermined angle every time they are lowered by one step, some of the guide plates are affected by the inclination of the pachinko machine 100, as in the above embodiment. Since some of the guide plates have a guide plate in which the discharge portion 635 is directed in a direction to offset the influence of the inclination, the game balls discharged from the first outlet 611 are affected by the inclination. It is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the probability. In addition, it is not limited to the case where the pachinko machine 100 is provided to be tilted in the front-rear direction by arranging the plurality of guide plates by being rotated by a predetermined angle each time the stage is lowered by one stage. It is possible to deal with it.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment, the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D provided in the sorting device 481 are alternately arranged in the front-rear direction. It is rotated 180 degrees every time it is lowered by one stage. Therefore, even when the pachinko machine 100 is provided to be inclined in the front-rear direction, one of the guide plates 622A, 622B, 622C, 622D or the guide plates 623A, 623B, 623C, 623D is tilted with the pachinko machine 100. As a result, the game ball flows downward at a high speed, so that it is difficult for the game ball to be discharged from the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 641A. On the other hand, on the other hand, since the game ball easily stays on the guide plate, the game ball easily enters the central guide portion 631 or the central guide portion 641 and is easily discharged from the discharge portion 631A or the discharge portion 641A. .

  Accordingly, among the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D, the discharge portion 631A or the central guide portion of the central guide portion 631 in a direction that cancels the influence of the inclination of the pachinko machine 100. Since there is a guide plate to which the 641 discharge part 641A is directed, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the probability of the game ball discharged from the discharge part 631A due to the influence of the inclination.

  In the above embodiment, the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are configured in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the top, but the shape of the plurality of guide plates when viewed from the top is not necessarily limited. It is not necessary to have a substantially rectangular shape, and various shapes can be employed depending on the shape of the sorting device 481 and the angle that is rotated every time one step down. For example, as shown in FIG. 26 (a), when a plurality of guide plates 625 are provided by being rotated 90 ° every time one step down in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped distribution device 481, the guide plate in a top view The shape of 625 is substantially a triangle.

  In the above embodiment, since the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are arranged to be rotated by 180 ° every time one step down, the central guide portion 631 is arranged. , 641 is formed at the substantially central portion of the discharge side edge of each guide plate, but as described above, the plurality of guide plates are arranged rotated by a predetermined angle each time one step down. In this case, the central guide portion in each guide plate does not necessarily need to be a substantially central portion of the discharge side end.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 26 (b), when the substantially triangular guide plate 625 is rotated 90 degrees every time it is lowered by one step in the top view, each guide plate 625 (625A, 625B, 625C) The center guide portion can be provided at a position shifted from the center on the discharge side end of each guide plate 625. In such a case, the game ball discharged from the guide portion leading to the discharge portion 635 of the upper guide plate 625 (for example, the uppermost guide plate 625A) is guided to the lower guide plate 625 (for example, one step of the guide plate 625A). Each guide plate 625 is provided with a guide portion that leads to the discharge portion 635 so that a guide portion that leads to the discharge portion 635 of the guide plate 625B) located below can be received. The game ball can be caused to flow down along a route that passes through the discharge portion 635 of the plate 625 (that is, a route in which the traveling direction changes by 90 ° every time the plate 625 is lowered).

  In the above-described embodiment, the central guide portions 631 and 641 of the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are configured as concave portions with bottoms. Like the upper guide plate 625 in FIG. 26 (a), it may have a notched shape with no bottom.

  In the above embodiment, the upper surfaces of the peripheral guide portions 632 and 642 of the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are flat except that the course direction changing portions 633 and 643 are formed. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the upper plate may have a undulation shape such as the upper guide plate 625 in FIG.

  In the above-described embodiment, the discharge-side end sides of the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are all configured such that the discharge-side end sides are linear when viewed from above. However, the shape of the discharge side edge of each guide plate does not necessarily have to be a linear shape in a top view. For example, like the upper guide plate 625 in FIG. 26 (a), the discharge side edge may be curved in top view.

  In the above embodiment, the shapes of the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are all the same except for the arrangement of the course direction changing portions 633 and 643. The structure may include a guide plate having a different shape.

  In the above-described embodiment, two route direction changing portions 633 and 643 formed on the upper surfaces of the plurality of guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D are provided for each guide plate. Although it was set as the structure, it is good also as a structure provided 3 or more. Moreover, the number of the course direction change parts 633 and 643 provided in each guide plate is not necessarily the same number, and may be different for each guide plate.

  In the above-described embodiment, the arrangement of the course direction changing portions 633 in the plurality of guide plates 622A, 622B, 622C, and 622D is the same, but a different arrangement may be used for each guide plate. Similarly, the arrangement of the course direction changing portions 643 in the plurality of guide plates 623A, 623B, 623C, and 623D may also be different for each guide plate.

  In the above embodiment, the game balls discharged from the first outlet 611 and the second outlet 622 of the sorting device 481 are both configured to enter the sorting device 482. However, the first outlet 611 of the sorting device 481 is used. A game ball discharged from the lower middle start winning device 431, while a game ball discharged from the second outlet 612 enters the upper middle start winning device 432 or the general winning device 439, or It is good also as a structure discharged | emitted from the discharge port 401A.

(2) Modified Example of Distributing Device 482 In the above embodiment, the timing at which the game balls are discharged from the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, and the fourth outlet 674 by rotating the distributing device 481. The configuration was changed. Instead of this, the timing at which the game balls are discharged from the outlets 672, 673, 674 may be changed by rotating the discharge restriction plate 483 without rotating the sorting device 481.

  In the above embodiment, by providing the discharge restriction plate 483, it is possible to make a time difference until the game balls distributed to the second outlet 672, the third outlet 673, and the fourth outlet 674 are discharged. Although configured as described above, a configuration may be adopted in which the game balls are discharged immediately when the game balls are distributed to the respective outlets 672, 673, and 674 without providing the discharge restriction plate 483.

  In the above embodiment, the discharge restriction mechanism 484 is provided below the discharge restriction plate 483. However, the discharge restriction mechanism 484 may be provided between the sorting device 481 and the discharge restriction plate 483.

  In the above embodiment, the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 shifts to the discharge restriction posture during the time-shortening state. However, when the normal piece lottery is won, the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 is moved to the upper side. A configuration may be adopted in which the movable piece of the middle entry restriction mechanism 452 shifts to the discharge restriction posture in synchronism with the entry prohibition posture (that is, the start port is opened).

  In the above-described embodiment, the game ball is moved to the first outlet 671 or the second outlet 672 by the sorting device 482 by closing a part of the opening 483A of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 with the movable piece of the discharge restriction mechanism 484 as the discharge restriction posture. However, a configuration may be adopted in which each of the outlets 673 and 674 is provided with a closing member capable of closing the inlets or the outlets of the third outlet 673 and the fourth outlet 674.

  In the above embodiment, the second exit 672, which has not been able to generate the special symbol lottery right in the normal gaming state in the short-time state, functions as an exit from which the special symbol lottery right can be obtained, thereby allowing the distribution device 482 to Ratio of the number of outlets (first outlet 671, second outlet 672) that can acquire the right of special symbol lottery with respect to the provided outlets 671 to 674, that is, the inlets of the outlets 671 to 674 provided in the sorting device 482 The ratio of the area of the entrance area of the exit (the first exit 671 and the second exit 672) that can acquire the right of the special symbol lottery to the area width is increased. Instead of this, another outlet having the same function as the first outlet 671 may be provided, the outlet is closed in the normal gaming state, and the outlet is opened in the short time state.

  In the above embodiment, the game piece distributed to the first outlet 671 is not the lower middle start winning device 431 because the movable piece of the upper middle entry restriction mechanism 452 is in the entry prohibition posture in the time-saving state. The upper middle start winning device 432 can be entered. Instead of this, or in addition to this, a first passage portion for guiding the game ball from the first outlet 671 to the lower middle start winning device 431, and a branch from the passage portion, the game ball is placed in the upper middle start prize. A second passage portion for guiding the device 432, a first posture for guiding the game ball discharged from the first outlet 671 to the first passage portion, and a second passage portion for the game ball discharged from the first outlet 671. It is also possible to provide a movable portion that can be switched between the second posture to be guided to the first posture in the normal gaming state and the second posture in the short-time state.

(3) Modification of Pachinko Machine 100 According to Second Embodiment In the second embodiment, a ball guiding unit 722D that drops a game ball on the ball guide unit 781 and a game from the front end side of the ball guide unit 781 The ball guide portion 722 including the ball guide portion 722C for allowing the ball to enter is provided. However, the ball guide portion for dropping the game ball is provided on the ball guide portion 781, but the game is started from the front end side of the ball guide portion 781. It is good also as a structure which provides the ball | bowl guide part which is not provided with the ball | bowl guide part which makes a ball approach. In addition, a ball guide unit that allows a game ball to enter from the front end side of the ball guide unit 781 is provided, but a ball guide unit that does not include a ball guide unit that drops the game ball may be provided on the ball guide unit 781.

  In the second embodiment, in the front of the ball guide portion 781, there is a back of the ball guide portion 781 while the game ball dropped from the right end of the ball guide portion 722B located above the opening of the ball guide portion 722C is lowered. The ball guiding portion 722C for allowing the game ball to enter from the front end side of the ball guide portion 781 is provided by guiding to the side, but the ball is guided to the back side while rolling in the left-right direction of the game ball. A stage for allowing a game ball to enter from the front end side of the guide portion 781 may be provided in front of the ball guide portion 781.

  In the second embodiment, the game ball is dropped onto the ball guide portion 781 from the ball guide portion 722D extending in the intersecting direction with respect to the front-rear direction in which the ball guide portion 781 extends. It is good also as a structure which drops a game ball on the ball guide part 781 from the ball | bowl guide part extended in the direction along the front-back direction where the part 781 extends. For example, the game ball discharged from the rear side to the front side through an opening penetrating the central structure 420 in the front-rear direction may be dropped onto the ball guide portion 781.

  In the second embodiment, the inlet 727 and the inlet 728 are provided in the range of the spherical passage formed between the protrusion 725 and the protrusion 726. However, the inlet 727 and the inlet 728 are provided as the protrusion 725. It is good also as a structure provided after passage of the spherical passage part formed between the projection part 726 and the projection part 726. Further, it may be configured such that two or more passages along the surface of the game area branch after passing through the ball passage portion formed between the protrusion portion 725 and the protrusion portion 726.

(4) Modified example of pachinko machine 100 according to third embodiment In the third embodiment, the stage 811A, 811B, 811C, 812A, 812B, 813A, 813B has a smooth surface. It is good also as a structure which provides a projection part in the surface. Thereby, the rolling direction of the game ball that rolls on the stage randomly changes due to the collision with the protrusion. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which stands a nail on a stage.

(5) Modified example of pachinko machine 100 according to the fourth embodiment In the fourth embodiment, the rolling surface 1001C is arranged so that the inclination becomes gentler toward the center side where the winning holes 1001A and 1001B are provided. However, the rolling surface 1001C may be formed in a substantially truncated cone shape that linearly inclines toward the center side, or may include a portion where the center side is more inclined than the peripheral side. Even in this case, since the movable portion 1070 protrudes upward and assumes an entry prohibition posture, even if the game ball travels at a predetermined speed or more toward the winning holes 1001A and 1001B, the game ball is moved to another member. It can be set as the structure which does not arise between the two. Further, the driving force of the movable portion 1070 and the height of the upper ends of the winning ports 1001A and 1001B are set so that the game ball located above the peripheral restriction wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 can enter the winning port 1001A beyond the winning port 1001B. The position may be set. Thereby, the player pays attention to the behavior of the game ball entering the rolling surface 1001C when a difference is set in the player's profit according to the game state between the first winning port 1001A and the second winning port 1001B. This makes it possible to add easy game playability.

  Further, in the fourth embodiment, the peripheral restriction wall 1071 and the central restriction wall 1072 of the movable portion 1070 are both constituted by plate-like wall portions that are substantially vertically continuous. However, at least one of these walls 1071 and 1072 is used. You may comprise the shape of by the wall part which continues diagonally on the up-down direction side. Further, only when the peripheral restriction wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 is formed in a substantially circular shape and the movable portion 1070 takes the approaching allowable posture, the game balls are placed in the first winning opening 1001A and the second winning opening 1001B. May be allowed to enter.

  In the fourth embodiment, a space for one or more game balls is provided above the movable portion 1070 above the height position at which the movable portion 1070 has taken the entry prohibition posture. Although the configuration has been described in which the game ball is not sandwiched between other members even when the game ball located at the top is lifted from the bottom to the top, instead, the game ball is placed horizontally above the movable portion 1070. An extending planar ceiling member may be provided by a transparent member. In this case, a space equal to or more than one game ball is provided above the rolling surface 1001C and the winning holes 1001A and 1001B so that the game ball is not sandwiched. However, the space may not be provided, and even in this case, it is possible to provide the player with the gameability generated by the rotation of the rolling surface 1001C.

  In the fourth embodiment, the game ball that has entered the through hole 1022 from the rolling surface 1001C is stopped at the stopping portion 1001D by the stopping restrictor 1040, and then proceeds to the downstream side. Instead, the stop regulating body 1040 may be omitted, and the game ball that has entered the through hole 1022 from the rolling surface 1001C may travel downstream without stopping.

  In the fourth embodiment, the game ball that has entered the through hole 1022 from the rolling surface 1001C is stopped at the stopping portion 1001D by the stopping restrictor 1040, and then proceeds to the downstream side. In addition, when the movable portion 1070 shifts from the entry prohibition posture to the entry permission posture, the game ball in the stop portion 1001D can be moved to the center side of the rolling surface 1001C so as to enter the second winning opening 1001B. You may comprise as follows.

  Further, in the fourth embodiment, the configuration in which two winning holes 1001A and 1001B are provided on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C is illustrated, but only one winning port is provided on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C. Other winning holes may be provided or omitted at a position different from the center side of the rolling surface 1001C. In this case, the peripheral restriction wall 1071 of the movable portion 1070 has a shape that surrounds the entire circumference on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C, and the game ball enters the winning opening only when the movable portion 1070 takes the approaching allowable posture. It may be possible.

  In the fourth embodiment, the winning holes 1001A and 1001B are arranged on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C, and the through hole 1022 through which the game ball is discharged is provided at a position away from the center of the rolling surface 1001C. Although illustrated, the through hole 1022 may be configured as a winning opening, and the winning openings 1001A and 1001B may be configured as a distribution path for distributing game balls.

  Further, in the fourth embodiment, the configuration in which the movable portion 1070 is provided on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C is illustrated, but the movable portion 1070 is not necessarily provided, for example, only the fixed winning opening 1001A is provided. You may be made to do.

  Further, in the fourth embodiment, the configuration in which the through hole 1022 and the retaining portion 1001D rotate together with the rolling surface 1001C has been illustrated, but the rolling surface 1001C is always in a fixed position in some gaming states. In this case, a game ball that is rotatable with respect to the movable portion 1070 on the outer side of the rolling surface 1001C and that is in contact with the peripheral regulation wall 1071 is placed on the rolling surface 1001C. You may provide the operation body which transfers to a circumference direction.

  In the fourth embodiment, the rolling surface 1001C is provided with an outer peripheral portion where the game ball circulates initially, an inner peripheral portion where the game ball decelerates and comes into contact with the peripheral regulating wall 1071, a through hole 1022 and a retaining portion 1001D. Although the case where both of the portions rotate is illustrated, a part of these (for example, the outer peripheral portion) does not rotate, and the remaining portion (for example, the inner peripheral portion, the through hole 1022 and the retaining portion 1001D). May be rotated.

  Further, in the fourth embodiment, the rolling surface 1001C is arranged at a position where the inner peripheral portion that contacts the peripheral restriction wall 1071 overlaps with the portion where the through hole 1022 and the retaining portion 1001D are provided, and the peripheral control is performed. The configuration in which the game ball in contact with the wall 1071 enters the through hole 1022 and the retaining portion 1001D when the game ball approaches the through hole 1022 and the retaining portion 1001D more than a certain amount has been illustrated. A game ball that is provided with the through hole 1022 and the stop portion 1001D and contacts the peripheral edge regulating wall 1071 may surely enter one of the winning ports 1001A and 1001B.

  Moreover, in 4th Embodiment, although illustrated about the structure which has arrange | positioned winning opening 1001A and 1001B which generate | occur | produces a start winning prize in the center side of 1001C of rolling surfaces, it replaces with this, or in addition to this, other For example, instead of the first winning opening 1001A, a general winning opening for paying out a winning ball without generating a starting winning prize may be provided on the center side of the rolling surface 1001C. In place of the winning opening 1001A, a ball entrance as a starting device for establishing the starting condition of the normal symbol lottery may be provided. When the big winning lottery is won instead of the second winning opening 1001B, the movable portion 1070 is operated. A large winning device (large winning opening) for generating a special gaming state may be provided.

  (6) You may implement this invention in the pachinko machine etc. of a type different from the said embodiment. For example, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine in which the big hit expectation value is increased until the big hit state is generated a plurality of times (for example, twice or three times) including the big hit. Further, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that enters a special gaming state on the condition that a ball wins a predetermined area after a big hit symbol is displayed. Moreover, you may implement in the enclosed pachinko machine with which a ball | bowl circulates. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the present invention may be implemented as various game machines such as an arrangement ball type pachinko machine and a sparrow ball. Further, the present invention is not limited to a pachinko machine and may be applied to a slot machine, or may be applied to a game machine such as a parrot of a type in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated. For example, in a gaming machine such as a slot machine, the distribution devices 481 and 482 in the above embodiment are provided as at least one lottery device for performing a lottery for determining a game value to be given to a player. Corresponding to the distribution destination, control may be performed to change the push order for generating a winning or the number of times suggesting the stop position.

<Invention extracted from the above embodiment>
Hereinafter, the characteristics of the invention group extracted from the above-described embodiment will be described while showing problems and effects as necessary. In the following, for easy understanding, the corresponding configuration in each of the above embodiments is appropriately shown in parentheses, but is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses. In addition, the meanings and examples of terms described in each feature may be applied as the meanings and examples of terms described in other features described in the same wording.

<Feature 10>
Distribution means (distribution device 481, distribution device 482) capable of distributing game balls entering from a predetermined entrance to a plurality of discharge units including a predetermined first discharge unit;
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the other of the plurality of discharge units is different from the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given, or the value is lower than when the game ball is detected by the first detection unit A bonus privilege control means (main control board 920) for granting the predetermined privilege,
The allocating means may change a probability of a game ball discharged from the first discharge unit due to a difference in angle when the gaming machine is attached at an angle of plural kinds along at least a predetermined direction. The discharge probability fluctuation suppressing structure that can suppress the discharge (the arrangement of the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D, the arrangement of the outlets 672 to 674 arranged in the circumferential direction with respect to the first outlet 671) A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a conventional typical pachinko machine, when entering a start opening provided in a game area, a lottery is performed according to the entry, and when a big win is won in the lottery, a special gaming state is entered. A configuration is known in which a large number of game balls can enter a winning opening.

  Such a conventional pachinko machine has a sorting device that discharges (drops) a game ball that rolls within a predetermined area from any one of a plurality of discharge units provided in the predetermined area by its own weight. (For example, JP, 2006-96945, A). In general, the plurality of discharge units provided in the sorting apparatus are discharge units at least one of which is connected to the start port, and at least one of the discharge units is not connected to the start port (for example, discharge discharged as it is And a discharging section communicating with a winning opening different from the starting opening such as a general winning opening).

  However, there is still room for improvement for the gaming machine provided with the above-described distribution device. For example, the above-described sorting device that sorts using rolling of game balls has a problem that it is easily affected by tilt. For example, there is a possibility that a difference in advantages and disadvantages may occur for each pachinko machine depending on the attachment state of the pachinko machine, for example, the probability of being distributed to the discharge unit communicating with the start port varies depending on the inclination of the pachinko machine. Note that this problem is common to the gaming machines described in the feature 11 below.

  On the other hand, the gaming machine described in the feature 10 can provide a gaming machine including a sorting device that is not easily affected by inclination. That is, the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are distributed to any one of the plurality of discharge units including the predetermined first discharge unit by the distributing means. A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit.

  When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when a game ball discharged from another discharge unit different from the first discharge unit among the plurality of discharge units is not detected by the first detection unit, the given privilege control means gives the predetermined privilege. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that when the game ball is detected by the first detector is not given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to another discharge unit, or a privilege that is higher in value than when distributed to another discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is an advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with other discharge parts.

  The allocating means is configured such that the gaming balls discharged from the first discharging section are caused by a difference in angles when a gaming machine including the allocating means is attached at an angle of plural kinds along at least a predetermined direction. Equipped with emission probability fluctuation suppression structure that can suppress fluctuations in probability. Therefore, it can suppress that the probability of the game ball discharged | emitted from the 1st discharge part which is a distribution destination more advantageous than another discharge part changes according to the inclination of a game machine.

  In the gaming machine described in feature 10, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be a single privilege or may be composed of a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

  Further, in the gaming machine according to the feature 10, the distribution means abuts on a lower side of the game ball so that the game ball flows downward due to its own weight with the movement in the lateral direction when viewed from the player side. It may be configured as a means configured to be able to distribute game balls, or may be configured to contact the lower side of the game balls or support the lower side of the game balls so as to distribute the game balls. Alternatively, the game balls may be supported so as to be movable in an oblique direction or a horizontal direction different from the vertically downward direction, and the game balls may be distributed.

<Feature 11>
Distribution means (distribution device 481, distribution device 482) capable of distributing game balls that have entered from a predetermined entrance to a plurality of discharge units including a predetermined first discharge unit and a predetermined second discharge unit;
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
A second detection unit (main control board 920) provided downstream from the second discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given, or And a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) for granting the predetermined privilege having a lower value than when a game ball is detected by the first detection unit,
The allocating means may change a probability of a game ball discharged from the first discharge unit due to a difference in angle when the gaming machine is attached at an angle of plural kinds along at least a predetermined direction. The discharge probability fluctuation suppressing structure that can suppress the discharge (the arrangement of the guide plates 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D, the arrangement of the outlets 672 to 674 arranged in the circumferential direction with respect to the first outlet 671) A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  If it is the game machine of the characteristic 11 with respect to the said subject, a game machine provided with the distribution apparatus which is hard to receive to the influence of inclination can be provided. In other words, the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are distributed to any one of the plurality of discharge units including the predetermined first discharge unit or the predetermined second discharge unit by the distributing means. A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. On the downstream side of the second discharge unit, a second detection unit is provided that can detect the game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to the second discharge unit, or a privilege that is more valuable than when distributed to the second discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is a more advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with the 2nd discharge part.

  The allocating means is configured such that the gaming balls discharged from the first discharging section are caused by a difference in angles when a gaming machine including the allocating means is attached at an angle of plural kinds along at least a predetermined direction. Equipped with emission probability fluctuation suppression structure that can suppress fluctuations in probability. Therefore, it can suppress that the probability of the game ball discharged | emitted from the 1st discharge part which is an allocation destination advantageous by the 2nd discharge | emission part changes according to the inclination of a game machine.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 11, the “predetermined privilege” provided by the privilege grant control unit may be a single privilege or a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 12>
A gaming machine according to feature 10, wherein
The distribution means includes a plurality of plate-like members (guidance plate 622A) having a plate surface on which the game ball can roll and a plurality of discharge positions at which the game ball rolling on the plate surface can fall by its own weight. , 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, and 623D) of the plate-like member in which a game ball that falls due to its own weight from the plate-like member located in the upper stage is positioned below the upper plate-like member. A plurality of the game balls that are arranged in the gravitational direction with the plate surface facing upward above the plurality of discharge portions so as to reach the upper side, and the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are located on the uppermost stage. The game balls are distributed to one of the plurality of discharge portions by dropping the game balls by their own weight while rolling on the plate members one by one from the member to the plate member located at the lowest level ( Distribution A location 481),
The discharge probability variation suppressing structure is a structure in which the plurality of plate-like members are arranged so that the plurality of discharge positions rotate by a predetermined angle each time the plurality of plate-like members are lowered by one step. Gaming machine.

  In the gaming machine according to the feature 12, as the discharge probability variation suppressing structure, the plurality of discharge positions provided on the plate member are rotated by a predetermined angle each time the plurality of plate members are lowered by one step. It has a structure in which a plurality of plate-like members are arranged. Therefore, even when the gaming machine is mounted with an inclination, a plate-like member whose discharge position faces in a direction that offsets the influence of the inclination is present in the plurality of plate-like members. As a result, fluctuations in the probability of game balls discharged from the first discharge unit are suppressed.

<Feature 13>
A gaming machine according to feature 10, wherein
The allocating means causes the game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance to flow down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine, and is weighted from any one of the plurality of discharge units. The game ball is distributed to any one of the plurality of discharge units by being discharged due to the fall by (distribution device 482),
The game machine according to claim 1, wherein the discharge probability variation suppressing structure is a structure in which the other discharge portions are arranged in the circumferential direction around the first discharge portion.

  The gaming machine described in the feature 13 has a structure in which other discharge parts are arranged in the circumferential direction around the first discharge part as a discharge probability variation suppressing structure. Therefore, even if the gaming machine is attached with an inclination, the other discharge part, the first discharge part, and the other discharge part are arranged in this order in the direction in which the inclination decreases. As a result, fluctuations in the probability of game balls discharged from the first discharge unit are suppressed.

<Feature 14>
A gaming machine according to feature 10, wherein
The allocating means has a dish-like part in which the plurality of discharge parts are formed, and a game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance is selected from the plurality of discharge parts formed in the dish-like part. The game balls are distributed to the discharge unit by being discharged from the discharge unit by its own weight (sorting device 482),
The game machine according to claim 1, wherein the discharge probability variation suppressing structure is a structure in which the other discharge portions are arranged in the circumferential direction around the first discharge portion.

  If it is the gaming machine of the feature 14, it has the structure where other discharge parts are arranged in the peripheral direction centering on the 1st discharge part as a discharge probability change control structure. Therefore, even when the gaming machine is mounted with an inclination, the order of the other discharge units and the first discharge unit is maintained in the direction in which the inclination decreases, so that the first is affected by the inclination. Fluctuations in the probability of game balls discharged from the discharge unit are suppressed.

<Feature 20>
Distributing means that can distribute game balls that have entered from a predetermined entrance to any of a plurality of discharge sections including a predetermined first discharge section, and the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are Distributing means (distribution means) distributed to the discharge section by rolling down in the left or right direction as viewed from the side and discharging from one of the plurality of discharge sections by dropping due to its own weight. Minute device 482);
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the other of the plurality of discharge units is different from the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given, or the value is lower than when the game ball is detected by the first detection unit Grant privilege control means (main control board 920) for granting the predetermined privilege,
A movable portion (sorting device 482) that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the other discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the other discharge portion. )When,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a conventional typical pachinko machine, when entering a start opening provided in a game area, a lottery is performed according to the entry, and when a big win is won in the lottery, a special gaming state is entered. A configuration is known in which a large number of game balls can enter a winning opening.

  Such a conventional pachinko machine has a sorting device that discharges (drops) a game ball that rolls within a predetermined area from any one of a plurality of discharge units provided in the predetermined area by its own weight. (For example, JP, 2006-96945, A). In general, the plurality of discharge units provided in the sorting apparatus are discharge units at least one of which is connected to the start port, and at least one of the discharge units is not connected to the start port (for example, discharge discharged as it is And a discharging section communicating with a winning opening different from the starting opening such as a general winning opening).

  However, there is still room for improvement for the gaming machine provided with the above-described distribution device. For example, in the above-described general sorting apparatus, the probability that a game ball is distributed to a discharge unit that is an advantageous distribution destination, such as a discharge unit connected to the start port, is substantially constant in any gaming state. In addition, the said subject is a subject common also to the game machine of the following characteristics 21-23.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 20, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the gaming ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. In other words, the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance flow down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine by the sorting means, and the plurality of discharge units including the predetermined first discharge unit. Any one of the discharge parts falls to the discharge part by falling under its own weight.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when a game ball discharged from another discharge unit different from the first discharge unit among the plurality of discharge units is not detected by the first detection unit, the given privilege control means gives the predetermined privilege. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that when the game ball is detected by the first detector is not given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to another discharge unit, or a privilege that is higher in value than when distributed to another discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is an advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with other discharge parts.

  A movable portion is provided that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the other discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the other discharge portion. The movable portion is set to the first posture in the normal gaming state by the posture control means, and is set to the second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state.

  Thereby, in a predetermined gaming state, the passing of the game ball in the other discharge unit is restricted by setting the movable unit to the second posture, and therefore, the game ball among the plurality of discharge units provided in the distribution unit The number of discharge parts that can discharge the battery is reduced compared to the normal game state. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in feature 20, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control means may be a single privilege or may be composed of a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

  Further, in the gaming machine according to the feature 20, the distribution means abuts on the lower side of the game ball so that the game ball flows downward due to its own weight with movement in the lateral direction when viewed from the player side. It may be configured as a means configured to be able to distribute game balls, or may be configured to contact the lower side of the game balls or support the lower side of the game balls so as to distribute the game balls. Alternatively, the game balls may be supported so as to be movable in an oblique direction or a horizontal direction different from the vertically downward direction, and the game balls may be distributed.

<Feature 21>
A game ball that has a dish-like portion formed with a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion and that has entered from a predetermined entrance is one of the plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion. A sorting means (sorting device 482) distributed to the discharging unit by being discharged from the discharging unit by dropping due to its own weight;
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the other of the plurality of discharge units is different from the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given, or the value is lower than when the game ball is detected by the first detection unit Grant privilege control means (main control board 920) for granting the predetermined privilege,
A movable portion (sorting device 482) that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the other discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the other discharge portion. )When,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine described in the feature 21 can provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the game ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. In other words, a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance is provided with a plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion by a distributing means having a dish-like portion in which a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion are formed. Are discharged from one of the discharge units by its own weight, and are distributed to the discharge unit.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means.

  On the other hand, when a game ball discharged from another discharge unit different from the first discharge unit among the plurality of discharge units is not detected by the first detection unit, the given privilege control means gives the predetermined privilege. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that when the game ball is detected by the first detector is not given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to another discharge unit, or a privilege that is higher in value than when distributed to another discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is an advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with other discharge parts.

  A movable portion is provided that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the other discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the other discharge portion. The movable portion is set to the first posture in the normal gaming state by the posture control means, and is set to the second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state.

  Thereby, in a predetermined gaming state, the passing of the game ball in the other discharge unit is restricted by setting the movable unit to the second posture, and therefore, the game ball among the plurality of discharge units provided in the distribution unit The number of discharge parts that can discharge the battery is reduced compared to the normal game state. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 21, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 22>
A distribution means that can distribute a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance to any of a plurality of discharge sections including a predetermined first discharge section and a predetermined second discharge section, and has entered from the predetermined entrance The game ball flows down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine, and is discharged from one of the plurality of discharge units by dropping due to its own weight, so that the discharge unit A sorting means (sorting device 482) to be sorted;
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
A second detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream of the second discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined first privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the first privilege is not given. Or, a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) that grants the first privilege with a lower value than when the first detection unit detects a game ball,
A movable portion (sorting device 482) that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the second discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the second discharge portion. )When,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine described in the feature 22 can provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the game ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. In other words, the game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance flows down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine by the distributing means, and the predetermined first discharge unit or the predetermined second discharge unit Is dropped from any one of the plurality of discharge parts by its own weight, and is distributed to the discharge part.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. On the downstream side of the second discharge unit, a second detection unit is provided that can detect the game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to the second discharge unit, or a privilege that is more valuable than when distributed to the second discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is a more advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with the 2nd discharge part.

  A movable portion is provided that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the second discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the second discharge portion. The movable portion is set to the first posture in the normal gaming state by the posture control means, and is set to the second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state.

  Thereby, in a predetermined gaming state, since the passage of the game ball in the second discharge unit is restricted by the movable portion being in the second posture, the game ball among the plurality of discharge units provided in the distribution means The number of discharge parts that can discharge the battery is reduced compared to the normal game state. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 22, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 23>
The plurality of game balls having a dish-like portion formed with a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion and a predetermined second discharge portion. Distribution means (sorting device 482) that is distributed to the discharge part by being discharged from one of the discharge parts by its own weight,
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
A second detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream of the second discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined first privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the first privilege is not given. Or, a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) that grants the first privilege with a lower value than when the first detection unit detects a game ball,
A movable portion (sorting device 482) that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the second discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the second discharge portion. )When,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  In the case of the gaming machine described in the feature 23, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the gaming ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. That is, the game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance is distributed to the dish-shaped portion by the distributing means having the dish-shaped portion in which a plurality of discharge portions including the predetermined first discharge portion or the predetermined second discharge portion are formed. It falls to the said discharge part by falling with dead weight from either discharge part among the formed several discharge parts.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. On the downstream side of the second discharge unit, a second detection unit is provided that can detect the game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to the second discharge unit, or a privilege that is more valuable than when distributed to the second discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is a more advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with the 2nd discharge part.

  A movable portion is provided that can switch between a first posture that allows the game ball to pass through the second discharge portion and a second posture that restricts the game ball from passing through the second discharge portion. The movable portion is set to the first posture in the normal gaming state by the posture control means, and is set to the second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state.

  Thereby, in a predetermined gaming state, since the passage of the game ball in the second discharge unit is restricted by the movable portion being in the second posture, the game ball among the plurality of discharge units provided in the distribution means The number of discharge parts that can discharge the battery is reduced compared to the normal game state. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 23, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 30>
Distributing means that can distribute game balls that have entered from a predetermined entrance to any of a plurality of discharge sections including a predetermined first discharge section, and the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are Distributing means (distribution means) distributed to the discharge section by rolling down in the left or right direction as viewed from the side and discharging from one of the plurality of discharge sections by dropping due to its own weight. Minute device 482);
A first detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the other of the plurality of discharge units is different from the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given, or the value is lower than when the game ball is detected by the first detection unit Grant privilege control means (main control board 920) for granting the predetermined privilege,
In a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than a normal gaming state, a ratio of the area of the inlet region of the first discharge unit to the width of the inlet region of the plurality of discharging units is larger than the ratio in the normal gaming state. And a changing means (entry restricting mechanism 452).

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a conventional typical pachinko machine, when entering a start opening provided in a game area, a lottery is performed according to the entry, and when a big win is won in the lottery, a special gaming state is entered. A configuration is known in which a large number of game balls can enter a winning opening.

  Such a conventional pachinko machine has a sorting device that discharges (drops) a game ball that rolls within a predetermined area from any one of a plurality of discharge units provided in the predetermined area by its own weight. (For example, JP, 2006-96945, A). In general, the plurality of discharge units provided in the sorting apparatus are discharge units at least one of which is connected to the start port, and at least one of the discharge units is not connected to the start port (for example, discharge discharged as it is And a discharging section communicating with a winning opening different from the starting opening such as a general winning opening).

  However, there is still room for improvement for the gaming machine provided with the above-described distribution device. For example, in the above-described general sorting apparatus, the probability that a game ball is distributed to a discharge unit that is an advantageous distribution destination, such as a discharge unit connected to the start port, is substantially constant in any gaming state. In addition, the said subject is a subject common also to the game machine of the following characteristics 31-33.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 30, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the gaming ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. In other words, the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance flow down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine by the sorting means, and the plurality of discharge units including the predetermined first discharge unit. Any one of the discharge parts falls to the discharge part by falling under its own weight.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when a game ball discharged from another discharge unit different from the first discharge unit among the plurality of discharge units is not detected by the first detection unit, the given privilege control means gives the predetermined privilege. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that when the game ball is detected by the first detector is not given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to another discharge unit, or a privilege that is higher in value than when distributed to another discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is an advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with other discharge parts.

  The ratio of the width of the inlet area of the first discharge portion to the width of the inlet area of the plurality of discharge portions in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state is greater than the ratio in the normal gaming state by the changing means. Increased. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 30, the “predetermined privilege” provided by the privilege grant control unit may be a single privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

  Further, in the gaming machine described in the feature 30, the distribution means abuts on the lower side of the game ball so that the game ball flows downward due to its own weight with movement in the lateral direction when viewed from the player side. It may be configured as a means configured to be able to distribute game balls, or may be configured to contact the lower side of the game balls or support the lower side of the game balls so as to distribute the game balls. Alternatively, the game balls may be supported so as to be movable in an oblique direction or a horizontal direction different from the vertically downward direction, and the game balls may be distributed.

<Feature 31>
A game ball that has a dish-like portion formed with a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion and that has entered from a predetermined entrance is one of the plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion. A sorting means (sorting device 482) distributed to the discharging unit by being discharged from the discharging unit by dropping due to its own weight;
A first detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the other of the plurality of discharge units is different from the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given, or the value is lower than when the game ball is detected by the first detection unit Grant privilege control means (main control board 920) for granting the predetermined privilege,
In a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than a normal gaming state, a ratio of the area of the inlet region of the first discharge unit to the width of the inlet region of the plurality of discharging units is larger than the ratio in the normal gaming state. And a changing means (entry restricting mechanism 452).

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine described in the feature 31 can provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the game ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. In other words, a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance is provided with a plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion by a distributing means having a dish-like portion in which a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion are formed. Are discharged from one of the discharge units by its own weight, and are distributed to the discharge unit.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when a game ball discharged from another discharge unit different from the first discharge unit among the plurality of discharge units is not detected by the first detection unit, the given privilege control means gives the predetermined privilege. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that when the game ball is detected by the first detector is not given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to another discharge unit, or a privilege that is higher in value than when distributed to another discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is an advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with other discharge parts.

  The ratio of the width of the inlet area of the first discharge portion to the width of the inlet area of the plurality of discharge portions in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state is greater than the ratio in the normal gaming state by the changing means. Increased. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 31, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 32>
A distribution means that can distribute a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance to any of a plurality of discharge sections including a predetermined first discharge section and a predetermined second discharge section, and has entered from the predetermined entrance The game ball flows down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine, and is discharged from one of the plurality of discharge units by dropping due to its own weight, so that the discharge unit A sorting means (sorting device 482) to be sorted;
A first detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
A second detection unit (general winning switch 449) provided downstream of the second discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined first privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the first privilege is not given. Or, a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) that grants the first privilege with a lower value than when the first detection unit detects a game ball,
In a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than a normal gaming state, a ratio of the area of the inlet region of the first discharge unit to the width of the inlet region of the plurality of discharging units is larger than the ratio in the normal gaming state. And a changing means (entry restricting mechanism 452).

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine described in the feature 32 can provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the game ball is distributed to the discharge unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. In other words, the game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance flows down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine by the distributing means, and the predetermined first discharge unit or the predetermined second discharge unit Is dropped from any one of the plurality of discharge parts by its own weight, and is distributed to the discharge part.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. On the downstream side of the second discharge unit, a second detection unit is provided that can detect the game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to the second discharge unit, or a privilege that is more valuable than when distributed to the second discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is a more advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with the 2nd discharge part.

  The ratio of the width of the inlet area of the first discharge portion to the width of the inlet area of the plurality of discharge portions in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state is greater than the ratio in the normal gaming state by the changing means. Increased. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 32, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 33>
The plurality of game balls having a dish-like portion formed with a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion and a predetermined second discharge portion. Distribution means (sorting device 482) that is distributed to the discharge part by being discharged from one of the discharge parts by its own weight,
A first detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
A second detection unit (general winning switch 449) provided downstream of the second discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined first privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the first privilege is not given. Or, a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) that grants the first privilege with a lower value than when the first detection unit detects a game ball,
In a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than a normal gaming state, a ratio of the area of the inlet region of the first discharge unit to the width of the inlet region of the plurality of discharging units is larger than the ratio in the normal gaming state. And a changing means (entry restricting mechanism 452).

  In the case of the gaming machine described in the feature 33, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the probability that the gaming ball is distributed to the discharging unit that is an advantageous distribution destination can be changed according to the gaming state. That is, the game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance is distributed to the dish-shaped portion by the distributing means having the dish-shaped portion in which a plurality of discharge portions including the predetermined first discharge portion or the predetermined second discharge portion are formed. It falls to the said discharge part by falling with dead weight from either discharge part among the formed several discharge parts.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. On the downstream side of the second discharge unit, a second detection unit is provided that can detect the game balls discharged from the second discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

  Therefore, when it is distributed to the first discharge unit by the distribution means, it is possible to acquire a privilege that cannot be obtained when it is distributed to the second discharge unit, or a privilege that is more valuable than when distributed to the second discharge unit. Therefore, the 1st discharge part is a more advantageous distribution place regarding a predetermined privilege compared with the 2nd discharge part.

  The ratio of the width of the inlet area of the first discharge portion to the width of the inlet area of the plurality of discharge portions in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state is greater than the ratio in the normal gaming state by the changing means. Increased. Thereby, in the predetermined gaming state, the probability that the game ball is discharged from the first discharging unit which is an advantageous distribution destination by the other discharging units can be made higher than the probability in the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 33, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege granting control unit may be a single privilege or a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 34>
The gaming machine according to the feature 32 or the feature 33,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the changing means increases the ratio in the predetermined gaming state by increasing the number of the first discharge units as compared with the case of the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine according to the feature 34, the ratio can be increased by increasing the number of the first discharging units in the predetermined gaming state by the changing means as compared with the case of the normal gaming state. .

<Feature 35>
A gaming machine according to any one of features 32 to 34, wherein:
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the changing means increases the ratio by reducing the number of the second discharge units in the predetermined gaming state compared to the case of the normal gaming state.

  In the gaming machine according to the feature 35, the ratio can be increased by reducing the number of the second discharging units in the predetermined gaming state compared to the normal gaming state by the changing means. it can.

<Feature 36>
A gaming machine according to any one of features 32 to 35,
The changing means increases the ratio by causing at least a part of the discharging unit functioning as the second discharging unit in the normal gaming state to function as the first discharging unit in the predetermined gaming state. A gaming machine characterized by

  In the gaming machine according to the feature 36, by causing at least a part of the discharging unit functioning as the second discharging unit in the normal gaming state to function as the first discharging unit in the predetermined gaming state by the changing unit, The ratio can be increased.

<Feature 40>
Distributing means that can distribute game balls that have entered from a predetermined entrance to any of a plurality of discharge sections including a predetermined first discharge section, and the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are Distributing means (distribution means) distributed to the discharge section by rolling down in the left or right direction as viewed from the side and discharging from one of the plurality of discharge sections by dropping due to its own weight. Minute device 482);
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is the first detection. If not detected by the unit, the predetermined privilege is not granted, or the given privilege control means for giving the predetermined privilege having a lower value than when the first detecting unit detects the game ball (main Control board 920),
A first passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the lower middle start winning switch) provided downstream of the first discharge portion and capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first detection portion. 441 to guide the game ball to 441),
A second passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream from the first discharge portion and does not guide the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first detection portion. A passage section for guiding a game ball),
A first posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion, and a second posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first passage portion. A movable part (entry restriction mechanism 452) that can be switched between,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a conventional typical pachinko machine, when entering a start opening provided in a game area, a lottery is performed according to the entry, and when a big win is won in the lottery, a special gaming state is entered. A configuration is known in which a large number of game balls can enter a winning opening.

  Such a conventional pachinko machine has a sorting device that discharges (drops) a game ball that rolls within a predetermined area from any one of a plurality of discharge units provided in the predetermined area by its own weight. (For example, JP, 2006-96945, A). In general, the plurality of discharge units provided in the sorting apparatus are discharge units at least one of which is connected to the start port, and at least one of the discharge units is not connected to the start port (for example, discharge discharged as it is And a discharging section communicating with a winning opening different from the starting opening such as a general winning opening).

  However, there is still room for improvement for the gaming machine provided with the above-described distribution device. For example, in the above-described general sorting apparatus, the player can obtain only the result determined for each discharge unit, regardless of which discharge unit the game ball is discharged from. There is a possibility that the game in which game balls are distributed by the distribution device may be felt monotonously. In addition, the said subject is a subject common also to the game machine of the following characteristics 41-33.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 40, it is possible to provide a gaming machine provided with a sorting device that makes it difficult for a game to sort game balls to be monotonous. In other words, the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance flow down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine by the sorting means, and the plurality of discharge units including the predetermined first discharge unit. Any one of the discharge parts falls to the discharge part by falling under its own weight.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not granted by the grant privilege control means, or the game ball is not detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that detected is given.

  On the downstream side of the first discharge part, a first passage part that can guide the game balls discharged from the first discharge part to the first detection part, and the game balls discharged from the first discharge part are detected in the first direction. And a second passage portion that is not guided to the portion. Therefore, when the game ball distributed to the first discharge part by the distribution means passes through the first passage part, a privilege that cannot be obtained when the game ball passes through the second passage part, or the game ball As a result, it is possible to obtain a privilege that is more valuable than when passing through the second passage portion.

  Switchable between a first posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion and a second posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first passage portion. The movable portion is provided with a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state by the posture control means. Therefore, the presence / absence of a privilege that can be acquired when the game balls are distributed to the first discharging unit by the distribution means, or the value of the value of the privilege that can be acquired changes between the normal gaming state and the predetermined gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game that distributes the game balls from becoming monotonous.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 40, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be a single privilege or may be composed of a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

  Further, in the gaming machine according to the feature 40, the allocating means abuts on the lower side of the game ball so that the game ball flows downward due to its own weight with movement in the lateral direction when viewed from the player side. It may be configured as a means configured to be able to distribute game balls, or may be configured to contact the lower side of the game balls or support the lower side of the game balls so as to distribute the game balls. Alternatively, the game balls may be supported so as to be movable in an oblique direction or a horizontal direction different from the vertically downward direction, and the game balls may be distributed.

<Feature 41>
A game ball that has a dish-like portion formed with a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion and that has entered from a predetermined entrance is one of the plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion. A sorting means (sorting device 482) distributed to the discharging unit by being discharged from the discharging unit by dropping due to its own weight;
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) provided downstream of the first discharge unit and capable of detecting game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting means;
When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is given, while the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is the first detection. If not detected by the unit, the predetermined privilege is not granted, or the given privilege control means for giving the predetermined privilege having a lower value than when the first detecting unit detects the game ball (main Control board 920),
A first passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the lower middle start winning switch) provided downstream of the first discharge portion and capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first detection portion. 441 to guide the game ball to 441),
A second passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream from the first discharge portion and does not guide the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first detection portion. A passage section for guiding a game ball),
A first posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion, and a second posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first passage portion. A movable part (entry restriction mechanism 452) that can be switched between,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine described in the feature 41 can provide a gaming machine including a sorting device that makes it difficult for a game to sort game balls to be monotonous. In other words, a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance is provided with a plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion by a distributing means having a dish-like portion in which a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion are formed. Are discharged from one of the discharge units by its own weight, and are distributed to the discharge unit.

  A first detection unit capable of detecting the game balls discharged from the first discharge unit by sorting by the sorting unit is provided downstream of the first discharge unit. When the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit is not detected by the first detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not granted by the grant privilege control means, or the game ball is not detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege having a lower value than that detected is given.

  On the downstream side of the first discharge part, a first passage part that can guide the game balls discharged from the first discharge part to the first detection part, and the game balls discharged from the first discharge part are detected in the first direction. And a second passage portion that is not guided to the portion. Therefore, when the game ball distributed to the first discharge part by the distribution means passes through the first passage part, a privilege that cannot be obtained when the game ball passes through the second passage part, or the game ball As a result, it is possible to obtain a privilege that is more valuable than when passing through the second passage portion.

  Switchable between a first posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion and a second posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first passage portion. The movable portion is provided with a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state by the posture control means. Therefore, the presence / absence of a privilege that can be acquired when the game balls are distributed to the first discharging unit by the distribution means, or the value of the value of the privilege that can be acquired changes between the normal gaming state and the predetermined gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game that distributes the game balls from becoming monotonous.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 41, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 42>
Distributing means that can distribute game balls that have entered from a predetermined entrance to any of a plurality of discharge sections including a predetermined first discharge section, and the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance are Distributing means (distribution means) distributed to the discharge section by rolling down in the left or right direction as viewed from the side and discharging from one of the plurality of discharge sections by dropping due to its own weight. Minute device 482);
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) capable of detecting a game ball;
A second detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) different from the first detection unit capable of detecting a game ball;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined first privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the first privilege is not given. Or, a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) that grants the first privilege with a lower value than when the first detection unit detects a game ball,
A first passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the lower middle start winning switch) provided downstream of the first discharge portion and capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first detection portion. 441 to guide the game ball to 441),
A second passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream from the first discharge portion and capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second detection portion. Passage section to guide the game ball to)
A first posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion, and a second posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first passage portion. A movable part (entry restriction mechanism 452) that can be switched between,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 42, it is possible to provide a gaming machine provided with a sorting device that makes it difficult for a game to sort game balls to be monotonous. In other words, the game balls that have entered from the predetermined entrance flow down while rolling in the left or right direction when viewed from the front side of the gaming machine by the sorting means, and the plurality of discharge units including the predetermined first discharge unit. Any one of the discharge parts falls to the discharge part by falling under its own weight.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

On the downstream side of the first discharge unit, a first passage unit that can guide the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit to the first detection unit, and a game ball discharged from the first discharge unit to the second detection unit And a second passage portion capable of guiding to the first position. Therefore, when the game ball distributed to the first discharge part by the distribution means passes through the first passage part, a privilege that cannot be obtained when the game ball passes through the second passage part, or the game ball Can obtain a privilege that is more valuable than when passing through the second passage portion. The first posture that can guide the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion and discharged from the first discharge portion. A movable portion capable of switching between a second posture capable of guiding the game ball to the first passage portion, and the movable portion is set to the first posture in a normal gaming state by the posture control means. The second posture is set in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the gaming state. Therefore, the presence / absence of a privilege that can be acquired when the game balls are distributed to the first discharging unit by the distribution means, or the value of the value of the privilege that can be acquired changes between the normal gaming state and the predetermined gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game that distributes the game balls from becoming monotonous.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 42, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be a single privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 43>
A game ball that has a dish-like portion formed with a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion and that has entered from a predetermined entrance is one of the plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion. A sorting means (sorting device 482) distributed to the discharging unit by being discharged from the discharging unit by dropping due to its own weight;
A first detection unit (lower middle start winning switch 441) capable of detecting a game ball;
A second detection unit (upper middle start winning switch 442) different from the first detection unit capable of detecting a game ball;
When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined first privilege is given. On the other hand, when a game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the first privilege is not given. Or, a grant privilege control means (main control board 920) that grants the first privilege with a lower value than when the first detection unit detects a game ball,
A first passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the lower middle start winning switch) provided downstream of the first discharge portion and capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first detection portion. 441 to guide the game ball to 441),
A second passage portion (from the first outlet 671 to the upper middle start winning switch 442) provided downstream from the first discharge portion and capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second detection portion. Passage section to guide the game ball to)
A first posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion, and a second posture capable of guiding the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the first passage portion. A movable part (entry restriction mechanism 452) that can be switched between,
And a posture control means (main control board 920) that takes the movable portion in a first posture in a normal gaming state and a second posture in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state. A gaming machine.

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine described in the feature 41 can provide a gaming machine including a sorting device that makes it difficult for a game to sort game balls to be monotonous. In other words, a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance is provided with a plurality of discharge portions formed in the dish-like portion by a distributing means having a dish-like portion in which a plurality of discharge portions including a predetermined first discharge portion are formed. Are discharged from one of the discharge units by its own weight, and are distributed to the discharge unit.

  When a game ball is detected by the first detection unit, a predetermined privilege is attached by the grant privilege control means. On the other hand, when the game ball is detected by the second detection unit, the predetermined privilege is not given by the grant privilege control means, or compared to the case where the game ball is detected by the first detection unit. The predetermined privilege of low value is given.

On the downstream side of the first discharge unit, a first passage unit that can guide the game ball discharged from the first discharge unit to the first detection unit, and a game ball discharged from the first discharge unit to the second detection unit And a second passage portion capable of guiding to the first position. Therefore, when the game ball distributed to the first discharge part by the distribution means passes through the first passage part, a privilege that cannot be obtained when the game ball passes through the second passage part, or the game ball Can obtain a privilege that is more valuable than when passing through the second passage portion. The first posture that can guide the game ball discharged from the first discharge portion to the second passage portion and discharged from the first discharge portion. A movable portion capable of switching between a second posture capable of guiding the game ball to the first passage portion, and the movable portion is set to the first posture in a normal gaming state by the posture control means. The second posture is set in a predetermined gaming state that is more advantageous than the gaming state. Therefore, the presence / absence of a privilege that can be acquired when the game balls are distributed to the first discharging unit by the distribution means, or the value of the value of the privilege that can be acquired changes between the normal gaming state and the predetermined gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game that distributes the game balls from becoming monotonous.

  In the gaming machine described in the feature 43, the “predetermined privilege” given by the privilege grant control unit may be one privilege or may be configured by a combination of a plurality of privileges, and the first detection It may be a part or all of the privilege given to the detection by the part or the second detection part. Examples of the privilege included in the “predetermined privilege” include a lottery condition, a lottery probability, a special game state that occurs when a lottery is won, and the number of game balls to be paid out.

<Feature 50>
A launch passage (launch passage 701B) through which a game ball launched from the launch device passes;
A game area (a recess in the base body 701) in which game balls discharged from the launch passage flow down;
A partition portion (inner rail portion 703) that is disposed between the launch passage and the game region and partitions the launch passage and the game region, and a width in the front-rear direction on the game region side in the partition portion Is wider than the width of the area in the front-rear direction on the launch passage side in the partition.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638).

  However, in such gaming machines, there is still room for improvement with regard to a configuration that optimizes the flow-down behavior of gaming balls.

  For example, from top to bottom between a game board that forms a game area and a light-transmitting board (for example, an acrylic board) that is disposed in front of the game area and that allows the game area to be viewed from the front side. Although the game ball that flows down can move in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, the separation distance between the game board and the light-transmitting board is generally shorter than twice the diameter of the game ball. The movement of the game ball in the front-rear direction is restricted, and the flow behavior of the game ball is limited accordingly. Note that this problem is common to the gaming machines described in the feature 51 below.

  On the other hand, the gaming machine described in the feature 50 can provide a gaming machine that can suitably diversify the flow-down behavior of the gaming ball. That is, a partition for separating the launch path and the game area is arranged between the launch path through which the game ball launched from the launch device passes and the game area in which the game ball discharged from the launch path flows down. ing. The width in the front-rear direction on the game area side in the partition portion is wider than the width in the front-rear area on the launch path side in the partition portion. Therefore, the game ball flowing down from the top to the bottom of the game area can move in the front-rear direction, and the game ball can move in the front-rear direction near the outer edge of the game area. The position where attention is paid to the flow down can be easily extended to the vicinity of the outer edge of the game area, and the flow down behavior of the game ball in the game area can be suitably diversified.

  Further, in the gaming machine according to the feature 50, since the width in the front-rear direction in the launch passage is smaller than the game area side across the partition portion, the game ball can be moved forward and backward through the launch passage. Position can be limited. For this reason, when entering the gaming area, it is possible to suppress the situation where the entry positions vary among a large number of gaming machines, and to reduce variations in the performance of the gaming machine such as the winning rate to the winning device.

<Feature 51>
A launch passage (launch passage 701B) through which a game ball launched from the launch device passes;
A game area (a recess in the base body 701) in which game balls discharged from the launch passage flow down;
A partition portion (inner rail portion 703) that is disposed between the launch passage and the game region and partitions the launch passage and the game region, and a width in the front-rear direction on the game region side in the partition portion Is a gaming machine characterized by being at least twice the diameter of the game ball.

  With respect to the above-described problem, the gaming machine according to the feature 51 can provide a gaming machine that can suitably diversify the flow-down behavior of gaming balls. That is, a partition for separating the launch path and the game area is arranged between the launch path through which the game ball launched from the launch device passes and the game area in which the game ball discharged from the launch path flows down. ing. The width in the front-rear direction on the game area side in the partition is at least twice the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the game ball flowing down from the top to the bottom of the game area can move in the front-rear direction, and the game ball can move in the front-rear direction near the outer edge of the game area. Since the position where attention is paid to the flow can be easily extended to the vicinity of the outer edge of the game area, the flow behavior of the game ball in the game area can be appropriately diversified.

<Feature 52>
The gaming machine according to Feature 50 or 51,
A first ball passage portion into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and a first ball passage portion into which a game ball passing through the rear side from the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the game area can enter ( A ball path of a game ball entered from the entrance 701E), and
A second ball passage portion that is provided on the front side of the first ball passage portion and into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and passes through the front side from the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the game area. A second ball passage portion (ball guide portion 721B) into which a game ball to enter can enter,
A position in which a game ball that has passed through one of the first ball path sections or the second ball path section can enter, and a position in which a game ball that has passed through the other ball path section cannot enter The entrance (distribution winning device 731) provided in the
A detection means (winning switch) provided downstream from the entrance and capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the entrance;
A gaming machine comprising: privilege granting means (main control board 920) for granting a predetermined privilege based on detection of a game ball by the detection means.

  In the gaming machine according to the feature 52, a game ball passing through a rear side from a substantially center of a width in the front-rear direction of the game area can enter the first ball passage portion, and the front of the first ball passage portion A game ball passing through the front side from the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the game area can enter the second ball passage portion provided on the side.

  The game ball that has passed through one of the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion can enter, but the game ball that has passed through the other ball passage portion cannot enter. The entrance is provided. Based on the fact that the game ball that has entered the entrance is detected by the detection means provided on the downstream side of the entrance, a privilege is given by the privilege grant means.

  Therefore, the width in the front-rear direction of the upstream ball passage portion is configured to be at least twice the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, depending on the position of the game ball in the front-rear direction passing through the upstream ball passage portion, It can be changed whether to enter the first sphere passage portion or the second sphere passage portion. In other words, the presence or absence of the possibility of obtaining a predetermined privilege based on the approach to the entrance differs depending on the position of the game ball flowing down the game area in the front-rear direction, so that the player can move in the front-rear direction. You can enjoy the behavior of game balls flowing down the area.

<Feature 53>
A gaming machine according to feature 52,
A game ball enters a ball passage portion that can enter the ball entry portion of the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion from the front side or the rear side of the center in the front-rear direction width of the game area. A third ball passage portion through which a game ball passing through one possible side can enter, and a third ball passage portion through which the passed game ball cannot enter the entrance (the game that has entered from the entrance 701F) Ball path)
A game ball passing through one of the front and rear sides of the game area in the front-rear direction is provided at a position where the game ball can enter, and the entered game ball is moved to the first ball passage portion. Alternatively, a distribution portion (concave portion 721C, projection portion 721F) that distributes with a predetermined probability to either the ball passage portion that can enter the entrance portion of the second ball passage portion or the third ball passage, A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  In the gaming machine according to the feature 53, a ball that can enter the entrance portion of the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion on the front side or the rear side from the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the game area. A game ball that passes through one side where a game ball can enter the passage portion is a ball that can enter the entrance portion of the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion with a predetermined probability by the distribution portion. It is distributed to either the passage portion or the third ball passage portion. While game balls distributed to the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion can enter the entrance, the game balls distributed to the third ball passage portion cannot enter the entrance. Since there is a front side or a rear side from the approximate center of the width in the front-rear direction of the game area, one side where the game ball can enter the first ball path part or the second ball path part that can enter the ball entry part is Even if it passes, the situation which can enter a ball entrance does not necessarily occur, and it can control that a game becomes monotonous.

<Feature 60>
A launch passage (launch passage 701B) through which a game ball launched from the launch device passes;
A game area (a recess in the base body 701) in which game balls discharged from the launch passage flow down;
A game entrance that is provided in the game area and into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and that opens in a direction intersecting the vertical direction (or a substantially horizontal direction) (winning) Mouth 739A1),
A detection means (general winning switch) provided on the downstream side of the entrance and capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the entrance;
Privilege granting means (main control board 920) for granting a predetermined privilege based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
A ball guide unit provided in front of the entrance and capable of guiding a game ball to the entrance, wherein the game ball can roll in a predetermined direction approaching the entrance A rolling ball (rolling surface 781A) and a game ball that rolls down from the rolling surface in a direction intersecting the predetermined direction and rolls on the rolling surface enters the entrance. A ball guide part (ball guide part 781) having an inclined surface (inclined surface 781B, inclined surface 781C) that can fall without being dropped,
A ball passage portion that is arranged in the game area and through which a game ball flowing down the game area can pass, and the game ball that reaches a predetermined passage end can fall from the end of the passage toward the rolling surface. And a ball passage portion (ball guide portion 722D).

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638). In a general pachinko machine, a pair of left and right nails, which are also called “life nails”, functioning as entrances to the prize opening, are provided above the start opening and the prize opening.

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a gaming ball is suitably entered into a predetermined entrance. For example, if the pair of left and right nails that function as the entrance of the start opening and the winning opening is not in a designed state (for example, when bent) due to manufacturing error or fraud, etc. There is a risk that the probability of entering the vehicle will deviate from the design value. Note that this problem is also common to the gaming machines described in the following features 61 and 62.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 60, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a gaming ball to enter a predetermined entrance. That is, the game ball launched from the launching device passes through the launch path, is discharged from the launch path to the game area, and flows down the game area. In the game area, there is provided a ball entrance opening in a direction intersecting with the vertical direction through which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter. Based on the fact that the game ball that has entered the entrance is detected by the detection means provided on the downstream side of the entrance, a predetermined privilege is granted by the privilege grant unit.

  In front of the entrance, a ball guide unit that can guide the game ball to the entrance is provided. The ball guide unit has a rolling surface on which the game ball can roll in a predetermined direction approaching the ball entering unit. On the other hand, the game area is provided with a ball passage portion through which a game ball flowing down the game area can pass, and the ball passage portion guides a ball from the end of the passage from the end of the passage. It is configured to be able to drop toward the rolling surface of the part.

  Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area can reach the rolling surface of the ball guide portion and roll on the rolling surface by way of the ball passage portion. At this time, when the game ball rolls on the rolling surface in a predetermined direction and is guided to the entrance, the game ball can enter the entrance.

  In addition to the above-described rolling surface, the ball guide portion is inclined downward from the rolling surface in a direction intersecting with the rolling direction of the game ball on the rolling surface, and rolls on the rolling surface. Since the game ball has an inclined surface that allows the game ball to fall, a game ball that rolls in a predetermined direction on the rolling surface is guided to the entrance and enters the entrance. It falls through an inclined surface before being guided to the ball opening. Therefore, in the gaming machine described in the feature 60, by providing a ball guide portion in front of the entrance, it is preferable to prevent the approach probability to the predetermined entrance from deviating from the design value due to the influence of the nail. Can do.

<Feature 61>
A launch passage (launch passage 701B) through which a game ball launched from the launch device passes;
A game area (a recess in the base body 701) in which game balls discharged from the launch passage flow down;
A game entrance that is provided in the game area and into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and that opens in a direction intersecting the vertical direction (or a substantially horizontal direction) (winning) Mouth 739A1),
A detection means (general winning switch) provided on the downstream side of the entrance and capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the entrance;
Privilege granting means (main control board 920) for granting a predetermined privilege based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
A ball guide unit capable of guiding a game ball to the entrance, wherein the game ball can roll in a predetermined direction approaching the entrance, and the rolling surface. An inclined surface (inclined surface 781B, inclined surface 781C) that descends in a direction intersecting the predetermined direction from the surface and allows the game ball that rolls on the rolling surface to fall away from the entrance. ) Having a first ball guide part (ball guide part 781),
Provided on the side opposite to the predetermined direction with respect to the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion, when a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area enters, the gaming ball is placed on the rolling surface. A gaming machine comprising: a second ball guide portion (ball guide portion 722C) capable of guiding to an end portion on the opposite direction side.

  If it is a gaming machine of characteristic 61 to the above-mentioned subject, providing a gaming machine which can control suitably that the approach probability to predetermined entrances, such as a start opening and a prize opening, deviates from a design value. it can. That is, the game ball launched from the launching device passes through the launch path, is discharged from the launch path to the game area, and flows down the game area. In the game area, there is provided a ball entrance opening in a direction intersecting with the vertical direction through which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter. Based on the fact that the game ball that has entered the entrance is detected by the detection means provided on the downstream side of the entrance, a predetermined privilege is granted by the privilege grant unit.

  A first ball guide unit capable of guiding a game ball to the entrance is provided in front of the entrance. The first ball guide portion has a rolling surface on which the game ball can roll in a predetermined direction approaching the entrance portion. A second ball guide portion into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter is provided on the opposite side of the predetermined direction with respect to the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion. The game ball that has entered the ball guide unit is configured to be able to guide the end of the rolling surface on the opposite direction side.

  Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area is guided to the front end side of the rolling surface of the first ball guide unit through the second ball guide unit, and can enter the rolling surface from the front end side.

  In addition to the above-described rolling surface, the first ball guide portion is inclined downward from the rolling surface in a direction intersecting the rolling direction of the game ball on the rolling surface and rolls on the rolling surface. Since it has an inclined surface that allows a moving game ball to fall, does the game ball that rolls on the rolling surface in a predetermined direction be guided to the entrance and enter the entrance? , It falls through the inclined surface before being guided to the entrance. Therefore, in the gaming machine according to the feature 61, by providing a ball guide portion in front of the entrance, it is preferable to prevent the approach probability to the predetermined entrance from deviating from the design value due to the influence of the nail. Can do.

<Feature 62>
A launch passage (launch passage 701B) through which a game ball launched from the launch device passes;
A game area (base 701) in which game balls discharged from the launch passage flow down;
A game entrance that is provided in the game area and into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and that is open in a direction intersecting the vertical direction (winning prize 739A1);
A detection means (winning switch) provided downstream from the entrance and capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the entrance;
Privilege granting means (main control board 920) for granting a predetermined privilege based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
A ball guide unit capable of guiding a game ball to the entrance, wherein the game ball can roll in a predetermined direction approaching the entrance, and the rolling surface. An inclined surface (inclined surface 781B, inclined surface 781C) that descends in a direction intersecting the predetermined direction from the surface and allows the game ball that rolls on the rolling surface to fall away from the entrance. ) Having a first ball guide part (ball guide part 781),
Provided on the side opposite to the predetermined direction with respect to the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion, when a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area enters, the gaming ball is placed on the rolling surface. A second sphere guide portion (sphere guide portion 722C) capable of guiding to the end portion on the opposite direction side;
A first ball passage portion that is arranged in the game area and through which a game ball flowing down the game area can pass, and the game ball that has reached a predetermined passage end from the passage end to the first rolling surface. A first sphere passage portion (sphere guide portion 722D) that can be dropped toward,
A second sphere passage portion disposed in front of the first sphere passage portion and allowing a game ball flowing down the game area to pass therethrough, the second sphere capable of guiding the game ball to the second sphere guide portion. A gaming machine comprising a passage part (ball guiding part 722B).

  If it is a gaming machine of characteristic 62 to the above-mentioned subject, providing a gaming machine which can control suitably that the approach probability to predetermined entrances, such as a start opening and a prize opening, deviates from a design value. it can. That is, the game ball launched from the launching device passes through the launch path, is discharged from the launch path to the game area, and flows down the game area. In the game area, there is provided a ball entrance opening in a direction intersecting with the vertical direction through which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter. Based on the fact that the game ball that has entered the entrance is detected by the detection means provided on the downstream side of the entrance, a predetermined privilege is granted by the privilege grant unit.

  A first ball guide unit capable of guiding a game ball to the entrance is provided in front of the entrance. Such a ball guide unit has a rolling surface on which the game ball can roll in a predetermined direction in which the game ball can be guided to the incoming ball unit or in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction. On the other hand, the game area is provided with a first ball passage portion through which a game ball flowing down the game area can pass, and the first ball passage portion has a game ball that reaches a predetermined passage end. It is comprised so that it can fall toward the rolling surface of a 1st ball guide part from an end. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area can reach the rolling surface of the ball guide portion and roll on the rolling surface by way of the first ball passage portion.

  In front of the rolling surface of the first ball guide unit, there is provided a second ball guide unit capable of guiding the game ball to the front end side of the rolling surface when the game ball enters. On the other hand, a second ball passage portion through which a game ball flowing down the game area can pass is provided in front of the first ball passage portion, and the second ball passage portion sends the game ball to the second ball guide portion. It is configured to be able to guide. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area is guided from the second ball guide portion to the front end side of the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion through the second ball passage portion, and rolls from the front end side. It is possible to enter the surface and roll on the rolling surface.

  Accordingly, a game ball that has dropped from the first ball passage portion toward the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion, or a game ball that is guided to the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion by the second ball guide portion, When the rolling ball rolls in a predetermined direction and is guided to the entrance, the game ball can enter the entrance.

  In addition to the above-described rolling surface, the first ball guide portion is inclined downward from the rolling surface in a direction intersecting the rolling direction of the game ball on the rolling surface and rolls on the rolling surface. Since it has an inclined surface that allows a moving game ball to fall, does the game ball that rolls on the rolling surface in a predetermined direction be guided to the entrance and enter the entrance? , It falls through the inclined surface before being guided to the entrance. Therefore, in the gaming machine described in the feature 62, by providing the ball guide portion in front of the entrance, it is preferable to prevent the approach probability to the predetermined entrance from deviating from the design value due to the influence of the nail. Can do.

  Further, the second sphere guide portion descends as it approaches the front end side of the rolling surface from the side away from the front end side of the rolling surface in the first sphere guide portion, and approximately in the predetermined direction (that is, the first sphere). Since the game ball is guided in the direction in which the game ball can be guided to the ball entrance part on the rolling surface of the guide part), the game ball passing through the second ball guide part has an inclination of the second ball guide part. By descending, the first ball guide unit enters the rolling surface in the predetermined direction from the front end side of the rolling surface. Therefore, the game ball that has entered the rolling surface of the first ball guiding unit through the second ball guiding unit is likely to move smoothly in the predetermined direction on the rolling surface before being guided to the entrance. Can be prevented from falling through the inclined surface.

  On the other hand, the game ball that has fallen from the predetermined passage end in the first ball passage portion rebounds by the repulsive force against the rolling surface when it reaches the rolling surface of the first ball guide portion. There is a possibility of falling from the inclined surface. Therefore, depending on whether the game ball flowing down the game area enters the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion, it is possible to vary the degree of ease of entering the predetermined entrance, It is possible to suppress a game in which a game ball enters a predetermined entrance from becoming monotonous.

  Note that in the gaming machine according to the feature 62, it is preferable that the second ball guide portion is configured to be inclined downward in a predetermined direction as compared with the rolling surface so that the game ball flows down in the predetermined direction.

<Feature 70>
Rolling surfaces (stages 811A, 811B, 811C, and 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, and 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C, 811C) 812A, 812B, 812C, 812C), and a plurality of entrances provided at different positions (where the game balls that roll while being supported by the rolling surface can enter) A rolling part (stage 810) having an upper start winning device 831, a lower start winning device 832, a large winning device 834, general winning devices 839A and 839B, and winning ports of the starting device 836);
A first entrance which is a part of the plurality of entrances (a winning entrance of the upper starting prize-winning device 831, a winning entrance of the starting device 836) is provided downstream of the first entrance entrance. First detection means (start winning switch, start switch) capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the entrance;
Lottery means (main control board 920) for performing a predetermined lottery when a game ball is detected by the first detection means;
Among the plurality of entrance holes, provided at the entrance of a second entrance (a prize entrance of the big prize device 834, a prize opening of the lower start prize device 832) different from the first entrance, 2. A movable part (an entry restriction mechanism 854, an entry restriction mechanism) capable of switching between an entry allowance posture that allows entry of a game ball into the entrance and an entry restriction posture that restricts entry of the game ball into the second entrance. A regulation mechanism 852);
A switching means (main control board 920) for switching the movable portion to the approach allowable posture when the lottery result by the lottery means is a predetermined first result;
A gaming machine provided with second detection means (start winning switch) provided downstream of the second entrance and capable of detecting a game ball entering the second entrance. .

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638). The game board that forms the game area is formed with a passage that guides the game ball to the entrance such as the start opening and the grand prize opening, and a passage that leads to the exit without entering the entrance. A number of nails are provided.

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a plurality of winning holes such as a starting hole and a big winning hole are suitably arranged to allow a game ball to enter. For example, in a conventional pachinko machine, when the nail is not in a designed state (for example, when it is bent) due to manufacturing error or fraud, etc., the probability of entering a predetermined entrance such as a starting entrance or a big winning entrance is There is a risk of deviating from design values.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 70, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of allowing a gaming ball to enter by suitably arranging a plurality of entrances. That is, the rolling part supports a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance from the lower side and, when viewed from the upper side, rolls the game ball so that it can move within a predetermined range. A ball entrance that allows a game ball rolling while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface to enter is provided, and a plurality of entrances provided separately are provided.

  A part of the plurality of entrances constitutes a first entrance. Therefore, the game ball rolling on the rolling surface can enter the first entrance. When the game ball that has entered the first entrance is detected by the first detection means provided downstream from the first entrance, a predetermined lottery is performed by the lottery.

  When the lottery result by the lottery is the predetermined first result, among the plurality of entrances provided in the rolling part, the entrance is provided at the entrance of the second entrance different from the first entrance The movable part is switched to the approach allowable posture by the switching means. When the movable part is switched to the approach permitting posture, the game ball is allowed to enter the second entrance, so that the game ball rolling on the rolling surface can enter the second entrance. Become. Second detection means is provided downstream of the second entrance, and the game ball that has entered the second entrance is detected by the second detection means.

  Therefore, on the rolling surface that rolls the game ball while supporting it from the lower side, the flow direction of the game ball can be changed according to the shape thereof, so that the first entrance port can be used without using a nail. Alternatively, the game ball can be guided to the second entrance. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the approach probability to the 1st entrance or the 2nd entrance will deviate from a design value by the influence of a nail.

  In addition, the entry of the game ball into the first entrance and the second entrance can be confirmed by visually recognizing the rolling surface provided with the plurality of entrances. For this reason, the player can easily visually recognize a predetermined range extending at substantially the same height position by visually recognizing the rolling surface from the diagonally upper front side, and a plurality of incoming balls in the front view of the gaming machine While reducing the area for arranging the mouth, it is possible to provide a game property in which a game ball operates in a wide range. In addition, the game balls enter the plurality of entrances at a lower speed than the game balls that flow down between the nails and the like without being supported on the lower side. Since the ball can be made to enter, it is possible to easily recognize the state of entry of the game ball.

<Feature 71>
A gaming machine according to feature 70,
The rolling surface includes a first rolling surface (center stages 811A, 811B, 811C) on which the game ball can roll from the rear side to the front side by the weight of the game ball, and the first weight by the weight of the game ball. A second rolling surface (the left or right stage 812A, 812B, 812C, 812C) on which the game ball can roll in a direction intersecting with the rolling direction of the game ball by one rolling surface;
A downstream end of the second rolling surface is located above the first rolling surface and is connected in a stepped manner to an end in a direction intersecting with the rolling direction of the game ball on the first rolling surface. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  In the case of the gaming machine according to feature 71, the rolling unit has, as a rolling surface, a first rolling surface on which the gaming ball can roll from the rear side to the front side due to the weight of the gaming ball, Since the game ball is provided with a second rolling surface capable of rolling the game ball in a direction intersecting with the rolling direction of the game ball by the first rolling surface by its own weight, the rolling direction of the game ball in the rolling part is It can suppress becoming monotonous.

  In addition, since the downstream end of the second rolling surface located above the first rolling surface is connected in a stepped manner to the end in the direction intersecting the rolling direction of the game ball on the first rolling surface, The rolling direction of the game ball rolling toward the front side on the first rolling surface can be randomly changed by contact with the stepped portion with the downstream end of the second rolling surface. Therefore, also in this point, it can suppress that the rolling direction of the game ball in a rolling part becomes monotonous.

<Feature 80>
A launch passage (launch passage 701B) through which a game ball launched from the launch device passes;
A game area (a recess in the base body 701) in which game balls discharged from the launch passage flow down;
A speed reduction part (protrusion part 725, protrusion part 726, protrusion part 762, recess part 763) for decelerating the game ball during a period in which the game ball discharged from the launch passage is in contact with the upper outer edge of the game area; A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638).

  In recent years, a game state in which it is preferable to launch a game ball in the game area on the left side with respect to a structure provided in the approximate center of the game area and a game state in which a game state is preferably launched in the game area on the right side are set. Amusement machines are provided. In a gaming machine having such a configuration, generally, a return member such as a rubber return is provided at a predetermined position on the upper right side of the game area, and a game ball launched into the game area on the right side is brought into contact with the return member. The energy of the game ball is absorbed.

  However, there is still room for improvement in a gaming machine that can launch a game ball in the game area on the right side (that is, a right-handed gaming technique is possible). For example, in a conventional gaming machine, when a game ball comes into contact with a return member, it is necessary to control the behavior of the game ball after the contact with a nail or another unit. The behavior of the ball became limited, and there was a problem that it was difficult to expand the range of playability.

  On the other hand, with the gaming machine described in the feature 80, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably launching a gaming ball in the gaming area. That is, the game ball launched from the launching device passes through the launch path, is discharged from the launch path to the game area, and flows down the game area. While the game ball discharged from the launch passage is in contact with the upper outer edge of the game area, the speed of the game ball is reduced by the speed reduction unit. Therefore, since the momentum of the game ball can be suppressed without providing a return member such as a return rubber, the behavior of the game ball passing through the upper side of the game area and facing the side opposite to the launch passage is diversified. This makes it possible to diversify the game playability in the game of launching the game ball in the game area opposite to the launch passage.

  The “decelerator” described in the feature 80 may decelerate the game ball by a change in the traveling direction of the game ball having a predetermined angle or less, and the “predetermined angle or less” is, for example, approximately 45 ° or less. It is preferable to set it to approximately 30 ° or less, and preferably approximately 15 ° or less. In addition, the “deceleration unit” may be configured to decelerate a speed that gradually progresses by contact of a plurality of game balls, and is configured to gradually increase an angle of change in the traveling direction in a plurality of contacts. Also good. As a result, it is possible to efficiently decelerate the game ball while facilitating to suppress the force of the game ball colliding against the members constituting the deceleration unit to a certain level or less, enabling the launch force to be set higher, and the collision of the game ball It is possible to prevent the member from being scraped or damaged.

<Feature 81>
A gaming machine according to feature 80,
A first ball passage portion (a ball passage having an entrance 727 as an entrance) through which a game ball can pass;
A second ball passage portion through which a game ball can pass, and a second ball passage portion (a ball passage having an inlet 728 as an inlet) that obtains a result different from the case where the game ball passes through the first ball passage portion. And comprising
Each entrance of the first ball passage portion and the second ball passage portion is provided at a position where a game ball after being decelerated by the deceleration portion can enter during a period during which it is decelerated by the deceleration portion. A gaming machine characterized by

  According to the gaming machine described in the feature 81, each entrance of the first ball passage portion and the second ball passage portion that obtains a result different from the case where the first ball passage portion passes through the first ball passage portion is decelerated. The game ball is provided at a position where the game ball can enter during the period of being decelerated by the unit or after being decelerated by the decelerating unit. Therefore, the game ball whose momentum has been weakened by the deceleration unit can be entered into the first ball passage portion or the second ball passage portion, so that the game performance in the game in which the game ball is launched into the game area opposite to the launch passage Can be diversified.

<Feature 90>
When a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entry part including at least a first entry part (first entry part 1001L) and a second entry part (second entry part 1001R) is supported from below and viewed from above A rolling surface (rolling surface 1001C) for rolling the game ball so as to be movable within a predetermined range;
A ball entrance (first winning port 1001A, second winning port 1001B) through which a game ball that rolls while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface is provided,
A gaming machine provided to be rotatable in a state in which the rolling surface surrounds the outside of the entrance,
The first entry portion is provided in a direction in which the game ball enters the predetermined direction side or the reverse direction side along the rotation direction of the rolling surface toward the rolling surface,
The second entry portion is provided in a direction for allowing the game ball to enter at an angle different from the first entry portion with respect to the rolling surface,
When the player performs a predetermined first operation, a game ball enters the rolling surface from the first entry portion of the first entry portion and the second entry portion at a high rate,
When a player performs a predetermined second operation, a game ball enters the rolling surface from the second entry portion of the first entry portion and the second entry portion at a high rate. A gaming machine characterized by being configured.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638).

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is a possibility that there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a winning opening such as a start opening or a big winning opening is suitably arranged so that a gaming ball can enter.

  According to the gaming machine described in feature 90, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a gaming ball to enter the entrance. In other words, according to the player's intention, it is possible to add a game property aiming at the entry of the game ball into the entrance by changing the behavior of the game ball supported by the rolling surface.

<Feature 91>
A gaming machine according to feature 90,
Provided at the entrance of the entrance, and can be switched between an approach permitting posture that allows game balls to enter the entrance and an entrance restricting posture that restricts entry of game balls into the entrance. A movable part (movable part 1070);
Lottery means (main control board 920) for performing a predetermined lottery when a predetermined start condition is satisfied;
Switching means (main control board 920) for controlling the operation of the movable part to switch between the entry restriction posture and the entry allowable posture,
The movable part is configured to move in a direction protruding upward with respect to the rolling surface to take the entry restriction posture, and to take an entry allowable posture by moving downward with respect to the entry restriction posture. A gaming machine characterized by being made.

  According to the gaming machine described in the feature 91, when the movable portion shifts from the entry restricted posture to the permitted entry posture for the game ball supported on the rolling surface, the movable portion moves from the entry restricted posture to the allowed entry posture. In this case, even if the game ball located above the movable part is lifted from the bottom to the top, a space is easily set between other members and the game ball is sandwiched between the movable part and the other members. It is easy to set so as not to occur. Accordingly, it is possible to realize a ball entrance that is easy to set so that a high driving force can be set and the original position can be quickly moved.

  In addition, it is possible to restrict the entry of the game ball with a plate-like portion that is continuous in the vertical direction in the movable part, so that a plurality of game balls are positioned on the movable part and the movable part cannot move. It is easy to shorten the time until the time, and it is possible to smoothly shift to the approach allowing posture.

  Furthermore, the game ball that is about to enter the entrance is moved to the entrance side while being supported by the rolling surface. For this reason, even if the game ball that has been in contact with a part of the movable part due to the movable part taking the entry restriction posture starts to move to the entrance side due to the transition of the movable part to the approach allowable posture, Again, it is possible to set a small force for moving the movable part to the entry restriction posture and restoring it to a state where the entry of the game ball is restricted. As a result, the driving mechanism can be configured with driving means that generates a small driving force, and thus the overall size and cost of the winning device can be easily reduced.

<Feature 92>
The gaming machine according to feature 91,
It is provided separately from the entrance and can be rotated together with the rolling surface, and the game ball that has moved to the stopping position where the game ball that has rolled on the rolling surface has fallen down a certain amount has been in the stopped state. A stopping portion capable of stopping the ball, and capable of maintaining the succeeding game ball supported by the rolling surface when the subsequent game ball comes into contact with the game ball stopped at the stop position;
A stop releasing means for advancing the game ball stopped at the stopping portion to the downstream side when a predetermined release condition is satisfied;
The gaming machine is characterized in that the stopping part is arranged at a position where a game ball in contact with the movable part can enter.

  According to the gaming machine of the feature 92, a part of the game ball that has moved to the position where it comes into contact with the movable part by rolling on the rolling surface is made to enter the stop part and temporarily stop, and then the downstream side Therefore, it is possible for the player to temporarily generate a state in which the game ball is likely to enter the entrance, prompting the continuation of the launch operation, and improving the operation of the game machine.

<Feature A0>
A rolling surface (rolling surface 1001C) that, when viewed from above and supporting a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance from the lower side, rolls the game ball so as to be movable within a predetermined range;
A predetermined entrance (second winning opening 1001B) through which a game ball that rolls while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface can enter;
A detection means (start winning switch) provided downstream of the predetermined entrance and capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the predetermined entrance;
Lottery means (main control board 920) for performing a predetermined lottery when a game ball is detected by the detection means;
It is possible to switch between an approach permitting posture that allows a game ball to enter the predetermined entrance and an entry restricting posture that restricts the entry of the game ball to the predetermined entrance, and the rolling surface The movable portion (movable portion) is configured to move in a direction projecting upward with respect to the entrance restriction posture and to take the entry allowable posture by moving downward with respect to the entry restriction posture. 1070)
A gaming machine comprising switching means (main control board 920) for controlling the operation of the movable part to switch between the entry restriction posture and the entry permission posture.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638).

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is a possibility that there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a winning opening such as a start opening or a big winning opening is suitably arranged so that a gaming ball can enter.

  According to the gaming machine described in the feature A0, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a gaming ball to enter the entrance. That is, when the movable part shifts from the entry restriction posture to the entry permission posture, even if the game ball located on the movable part is lifted from the bottom to the top, a space is easily set between other members. It is easy to set so that the game ball is not sandwiched between the movable part and other members. Accordingly, it is possible to realize a ball entrance that is easy to set so that a high driving force can be set and the original position can be quickly moved.

  In addition, the game ball that is about to enter the entrance is moved to the entrance side while being supported by the rolling surface. For this reason, even if the game ball that has been in contact with a part of the movable part due to the movable part taking the entry restriction posture starts to move to the entrance side due to the transition of the movable part to the approach allowable posture, Again, it is possible to set a small force for moving the movable part to the entry restriction posture and restoring it to a state where the entry of the game ball is restricted. As a result, the driving mechanism can be configured with driving means that generates a small driving force, and thus the overall size and cost of the winning device can be easily reduced.

<Feature A1>
A gaming machine according to feature A0,
The movable portion is a plate-like portion that is continuous in the vertical direction, and has an entry restriction wall (periphery restriction wall 1071) that contacts the game ball and restricts the entry of the game ball. .

  According to the gaming machine described in the feature A1, it is easy to shorten the time until a plurality of game balls are positioned on the movable portion and the movable portion cannot move, and the transition to the allowed entry posture can be performed smoothly. it can.

<Feature A2>
A gaming machine according to the feature A0 or A1,
On the movable part, a space of one or more game balls is provided above the height position at which the movable part has taken the entry restriction posture, and the game ball located on the movable part is A gaming machine characterized in that a game ball is not sandwiched between other members even if it is lifted up.

<Feature B0>
A rolling surface (rolling surface 1001C) that, when viewed from above and supporting a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance from the lower side, rolls the game ball so as to be movable within a predetermined range;
A predetermined entrance (second winning opening 1001B) through which a game ball that rolls while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface can enter;
A detection means (start winning switch) provided downstream of the predetermined entrance and capable of detecting a game ball that has entered the predetermined entrance;
Lottery means (main control board 920) for performing a predetermined lottery when a game ball is detected by the detection means;
A movable portion (movable portion 1070) capable of switching between an approach permitting posture that allows the game ball to enter the predetermined entrance and an entrance restricting posture that restricts the entry of the game ball to the predetermined entrance. When,
Switching means (main control board 920) for controlling the operation of the movable portion to switch between the entry restriction posture and the entry allowable posture;
When the movable portion is in the entry restriction posture, the game ball is moved to a predetermined position without changing the height position of the game ball by contacting the game ball after entering the rolling surface. Enterable stopping means (movable) that allows a game ball stopped in the predetermined area to enter the predetermined entrance when the movable portion takes the approach permitting posture. A gaming machine comprising a portion 1070 and a peripheral regulating wall 1071).

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638).

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is a possibility that there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a winning opening such as a start opening or a big winning opening is suitably arranged so that a gaming ball can enter.

  According to the gaming machine described in the feature B0, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a gaming ball to enter the entrance. In other words, the game ball after having entered the rolling surface by the approachable stopping means stops in a predetermined area without changing the height position, and when the movable part takes the approach allowable posture, Enter the entrance. For this reason, a part of the rolling surface can be used as a stop area of the game ball, and a game property of entering the temporarily stopped game ball into the entrance can be added. Further, in the predetermined area, the game ball stops without changing the height position, so that the game ball gradually moves downward as viewed from the player and moves to a position where the game ball moves out of the entrance. Compared to the case, it is possible to suppress a decrease in mood such that the chances of a game ball that has stopped entering the entrance is gradually reduced.

  The approachable stopping means may be a wall surface configured such that the movable portion moves upward to assume an approaching allowable posture. Instead of or in addition to this, the game ball moves below the rolling surface. Thus, the entryable stopping means may be configured by providing a mechanism that allows the game ball that has entered the entryable stopping portion to enter a predetermined entrance (for example, the second winning opening 1001B).

<Feature C0>
A rolling surface (rolling surface 1001C) that supports a gaming ball that has entered from a predetermined entry portion from below and rolls the gaming ball so as to be movable within a predetermined range when viewed from above.
A predetermined entrance (first winning opening 1001A, second winning opening 1001B) through which a game ball that rolls while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface is provided,
A gaming machine provided so as to be rotatable in a state in which the rolling surface surrounds the outside of the predetermined entrance,
The predetermined entry portion is provided in a direction in which at least a part of a game ball that has entered the predetermined entry portion can rotate in a predetermined direction along the rotation direction of the rolling surface on the rolling surface. And
The rolling surface is provided with a discharge portion (stopping portion 1001D, through hole 1022) capable of guiding the game ball from the rolling surface to a direction different from the predetermined entrance.
A gaming machine, wherein the discharge part is configured to be rotatable in the same direction as the rolling surface.

  A typical example of a gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine, a predetermined lottery is performed when a game ball flowing down the game area enters a predetermined start opening provided in the game area, and when a big win is won in the lottery, A special gaming state in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained is generated by opening the movable portion provided at the entrance (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-161638).

  However, in such a gaming machine, there is a possibility that there is still room for improvement with respect to a configuration in which a winning opening such as a start opening or a big winning opening is suitably arranged so that a gaming ball can enter.

  According to the gaming machine described in the feature C0, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suitably allowing a gaming ball to enter the entrance. In other words, since the discharge portion of the rolling surface is provided so as to be rotatable in the same direction as the rolling surface, the discharging portion is in a situation where the game ball supported by the rolling surface moves along the rolling surface. It is possible to add a game that allows the player to visually recognize and enjoy the behavior of the game ball whether it enters the discharge part or enters a predetermined entrance depending on the difference from the moving speed.

  Note that the speed at which the rolling surface rotates with the speed at which the discharge part catches up with the game ball supported by the rolling surface may be set, and the speed at which the game ball supported by the rolling surface catches up with the discharge part. The speed at which the rolling surface rotates may be set. Thereby, the game ball is rotated on the rolling surface by the rotation of the rolling surface, and the player changes the gameability in which whether the discharging part follows the gaming ball enters or exits the entrance port. Can be provided.

  In addition, the rolling surface includes an outer periphery where the game ball circulates, and a center side where the game ball can circulate in a state where the movement of the game ball to the rotation center side is restricted by a predetermined wall surface at the center side from the periphery. A circulation part may be provided, and the discharge part may be provided at a position where a game ball that circulates in the central side circulation part can enter.

  Here, the approach restriction posture may be a posture in which the movable part restricts the entry of the game ball into the entrance by prohibiting the entry of the game ball into the entrance, and compared to the entry allowance posture. The movable portion may be configured to restrict the entry of the game ball into the entrance by restricting the entry of the game ball into the entrance.

  Note that at least one feature described in the features 10 to C0 may be applied in combination with any other feature or a plurality of features. The basic configuration of the gaming machine to which the above-described features can be applied is shown below.

  Pachinko machine: launch operation means operated by a player, game ball launch means for launching a game ball based on the operation of the launch operation means, a passage section for guiding the launched game ball to a predetermined game area, A gaming machine that includes each gaming component arranged in a gaming area, and gives a bonus to a player when a gaming ball passes through a predetermined passing portion of each gaming component.

  A spinning machine such as a slot machine: the rotation of the circulating body is started based on the operation of the start operation means, the rotation of the circulating body is stopped based on the operation of the stop operation means, and the player is made according to the pattern after the stop. A gaming machine that grants bonuses.

  As described above, the present invention is suitable for a gaming machine such as a ball game machine.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 100 ... Game machine, 431 ... Lower middle start prize device, 432 ... Upper middle start prize device, 434 ... Large prize device, 439 ... General prize device, 441 ... Lower middle start prize switch, 442 ... Upper middle start prize switch 452 ... Access restriction mechanism, 481 ... sorting device, 482 ... sorting device, 622A, 623A, 622B, 623B, 622C, 623C, 622D, 623D ... guide plate, 671 ... first outlet, 672 ... second outlet, 673 ... third outlet, 674 ... fourth outlet, 920 ... main control board, 701 ... base, 701B ... fire passage, 703 ... inner rail part, 739A1 ... winning port, 781 ... ball guide part, 781A ... rolling surface, 781B, 781C ... inclined surface, 722B, 722C, 722D ... sphere guiding portion, 725, 726, 762 ... projection, 763 ... concave portion, 810 ... stage, 811A Center upper stage, 811B ... Middle middle stage, 811C ... Center lower stage, 812A ... Left upper stage, 812B ... Left lower stage, 813A ... Right upper stage, 813B ... Right lower stage, 831 ... Upper start winning device, 832 ... Lower Side start prize device, 834 ... Grand prize device, 836 ... Start device, 839A, 839B ... General prize device, 852, 854 ... Entrance restriction mechanism, 920 ... Main control board, 1001A ... First prize port, 1001B ... Second prize Mouth, 1001C ... Rolling surface, 1001D ... Stopping portion, 1001L ... First entry portion, 1001R ... Second entry portion, 1022 ... Through hole, 1071 ... Rim edge regulating wall

Claims (2)

A rolling surface that supports a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entry portion from below and rolls the game ball so as to be movable within a predetermined range when viewed from above.
A predetermined entrance where a game ball that rolls while being supported on the lower side by the rolling surface can enter,
A gaming machine provided so as to be rotatable in a state in which the rolling surface surrounds the outside of the predetermined entrance,
The predetermined entry portion is provided in a direction in which at least a part of a game ball that has entered the predetermined entry portion can rotate in a predetermined direction along the rotation direction of the rolling surface on the rolling surface. And
The rolling surface is provided with a discharge part capable of guiding the game ball from the rolling surface to a direction different from the predetermined entrance,
A gaming machine, wherein the discharge part is configured to be rotatable in the same direction as the rolling surface.   The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine.